Canon 1016B002 Printer User Manual

Lar g e F o r m a t P r i n t e r
User Manual
ENG
Contents
Contents
Introduction
1
How to use this manual.....................................................................................1
About This User Manual...............................................................................................................1
Viewing Videos of Explanations...................................................................................................3
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing......................................................................................4
Printer Parts
8
Printer parts.......................................................................................................8
Front.............................................................................................................................................8
Back.............................................................................................................................................9
Top Cover (Inside)......................................................................................................................10
Tray Feed Area........................................................................................................................... 11
Roll Paper Unit Cover (Inside)....................................................................................................12
Carriage......................................................................................................................................13
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)...............................................................................................................14
Control Panel..............................................................................................................................15
Vents..........................................................................................................................................18
Control Panel...................................................................................................19
Turning the Printer On and Off...................................................................................................19
Printer Modes.............................................................................................................................21
Switching Modes........................................................................................................................26
Printer Menu Operations............................................................................................................29
Main Menu Operations...............................................................................................................30
Menu Structure...........................................................................................................................35
Main Menu Settings....................................................................................................................49
Main Menu Settings (During Printing)........................................................................................59
Submenu Display.......................................................................................................................61
Status Print.................................................................................................................................62
Optional accessories.......................................................................................69
Stand..........................................................................................................................................69
Roll Holder Set...........................................................................................................................70
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board......................................................................................................71
Printer Specifications.......................................................................................72
Specifications.............................................................................................................................72
Basic Environmental Performance.............................................................................................77
Print Area....................................................................................................................................78
Contents �
Contents
Basic Printing Workflow
80
Printing procedure...........................................................................................80
Loading and Printing on Rolls....................................................................................................80
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot............................................................85
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets...................................................................................87
Printing from Windows...............................................................................................................88
Printing from Mac OS X..............................................................................................................89
Printing from Mac OS 9..............................................................................................................91
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)......................................................................93
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)....................................................................95
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9).....................................................................97
Canceling print jobs.........................................................................................99
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel.............................................................................99
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows.........................................................................................101
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X.......................................................................................103
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9.......................................................................................105
Handling Paper
107
Paper.............................................................................................................107
Paper........................................................................................................................................107
Types of Paper.........................................................................................................................108
Paper Sizes.............................................................................................................................. 113
Handling rolls................................................................................................. 115
Selecting the Roll as the Paper Source.................................................................................... 115
Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder................................................................................... 116
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder...................................................................................... 118
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit.......................................................................................... 119
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit..................................................................................122
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)................................................................................................124
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)...........................................................................................125
Feeding Roll Paper Manually...................................................................................................126
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper....................................................................................127
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically.............................................................128
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls...................................................................................129
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls............................................................................................134
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls...................................................................................135
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper...................................................................................................138
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot).............................................................................142
Roll Holder Set.........................................................................................................................143
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder.................................................................................144
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit....................................................................................146
Removing the Roll Feed Unit...................................................................................................147
Installing the Roll Feed Unit.....................................................................................................148
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)..........149
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows).......................................................................151
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X).....................................................................152
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)......................................................................153
ii Contents
Contents
Handling sheets for paper feed slots.............................................................154
Selecting the Sheet as the Paper Source................................................................................154
Loading Sheets Manually.........................................................................................................156
Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet)............................................................................................162
Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet).............................................................................................163
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot.....................................................................164
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot..............................................165
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray....................................................................................166
Output Stacker...............................................................................................169
Using the Output Stacker.........................................................................................................169
Output Stacker Precautions.....................................................................................................171
Enhanced Printing Options
172
Print quality and color settings.......................................................................172
Choosing a Paper for Printing..................................................................................................172
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing....................................173
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X).................................................................177
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................179
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X)..........................................................181
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................182
Printing Office Documents........................................................................................................183
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver...................................................................................184
Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment...................................................188
Printing Photos in Monochrome...............................................................................................189
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Windows)..........................................190
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS X)........................................192
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS 9)........................................195
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows).............................................................198
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X)...........................................................201
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)............................................................204
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Windows).....................................207
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Mac OS X)...................................209
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos (Mac OS 9)...................................212
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows).............................................................................215
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)...........................................................................217
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................220
Printing Office Documents (Windows)......................................................................................222
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS X)....................................................................................224
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS 9)....................................................................................226
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)...................................................................................228
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X).................................................................................230
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................233
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Windows).............................................................................236
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS X)...........................................................................238
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS 9)............................................................................241
Contents iii
Contents
Printing enlargements or reductions..............................................................244
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size.............................................................................244
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width....................................................................................245
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value.......................................................................246
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER.............................247
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)...........248
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X).........250
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows).....................................................252
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X)....................................................254
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9)....................................................257
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)..................................................................261
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)................................................................263
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9).................................................................266
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)...........................................................269
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X).........................................................271
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)..........................................................274
Printing at full size..........................................................................................277
Printing on Oversized Paper....................................................................................................277
Borderless Printing at Actual Size............................................................................................279
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)..........................................................................281
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)........................................................................283
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9).........................................................................286
Printing at Full Size (Windows)................................................................................................290
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)...............................................................................................292
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)...............................................................................................295
Borderless Printing........................................................................................297
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size......................................................................297
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width................................................299
Borderless Printing at Actual Size............................................................................................301
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)..........................................................................303
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)........................................................................305
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9).........................................................................308
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)..............................312
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)............................314
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)............................317
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows).......................321
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X).....................323
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9).....................326
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes............................................330
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)..............................................330
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes....................................................................................331
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)..................................................................332
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X).................................................................336
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9).................................................................338
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows)..............................341
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X)............................345
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9)............................348
iv Contents
Contents
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet...............................................................352
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other.........................................................................352
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously.......................................................................................354
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet............................................................................................355
Printing Posters in Sections.....................................................................................................356
Printing Large Posters (Windows)............................................................................................357
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9)..........................................................................................359
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows).......................................................361
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X).....................................................363
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows).....................................................................365
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)...................................................................366
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)...................................................................368
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows)..........................................................................370
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X)........................................................................372
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9)........................................................................375
Centering originals.........................................................................................378
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls........................................................................................378
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets.....................................................................................379
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows)......................................................................380
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)....................................................................382
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9).....................................................................385
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows)...................................................................388
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X).................................................................390
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9)..................................................................392
Conserving roll paper.....................................................................................395
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees.......................................................395
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins.......................396
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows).....397
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)...399
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)....402
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows).....................................404
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X)....................................406
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9)....................................409
Printing CAD Drawings.................................................................................. 411
Printing CAD Drawings............................................................................................................. 411
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows).............................................................................412
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)...........................................................................414
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................417
Other useful settings......................................................................................419
Printing With Watermarks.........................................................................................................419
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation..................................................420
Using Favorites........................................................................................................................421
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing...............................................................................................421
Printing from Photoshop...........................................................................................................422
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals.................................................................................423
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows).............................................................................424
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)...........................................................................425
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................427
Contents Contents
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Windows)................................429
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X)..............................431
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9)..............................434
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows)......................................436
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9).....................................438
Software
441
Windows........................................................................................................441
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)............................................................................................441
Confirming Print Settings (Windows)........................................................................................443
Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows)........................................................................445
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Windows)................................................................446
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows).............................................................................447
Using Favorites (Windows)......................................................................................................448
Main Sheet (Windows).............................................................................................................450
Page Setup Sheet (Windows)..................................................................................................454
Layout Sheet (Windows)..........................................................................................................456
Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows)..........................................................................................458
Favorites Sheet (Windows)......................................................................................................459
Utility Sheet (Windows)............................................................................................................460
Support Sheet (Windows)........................................................................................................461
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)............................................................................................462
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows)...............................................................463
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows)..................................................................................465
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)............................................................................468
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................................469
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................470
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility................................471
Digital Photo Front-Access.......................................................................................................472
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)....................................473
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)..........475
Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows)....................................................................................477
Color Settings Sheet: Monochrome (Windows).......................................................................483
Confirming the Print Image Before Printing..............................................................................485
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows).......................................................................486
Media Size Options Dialog Box (Windows)..............................................................................487
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)...........488
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)...................................................................................490
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Windows)............................................491
Mac OS X......................................................................................................492
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)..........................................................................................492
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS X)......................................................................................493
Checking the Layout Before Printing........................................................................................495
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)....................................................................496
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X)......................................................................497
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Mac OS X)..............................................................498
Main Pane (Mac OS X)............................................................................................................499
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X).................................................................................................501
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)...........................................................................................................503
vi Contents
Contents
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X)..........................................................................................504
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X)......................................................................................505
Support Pane (Mac OS X)........................................................................................................506
Using Favorites (Mac OS X).....................................................................................................506
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X).................................................................................507
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)..............................................................................510
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X).................................. 511
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)...................................................................................512
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X).......................................................................514
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X).....................................................................515
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS X)...........................................516
Mac OS 9.......................................................................................................517
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................................517
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)......................................................................................518
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9).......................................................................520
Main Pane (Mac OS 9).............................................................................................................521
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................................523
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9)......................................................................................................525
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS 9)..........................................................................................526
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)............................................................................................527
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9).......................................................................................528
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9).....................................................................................................529
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9).................................................................................531
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)..............................................................................534
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS 9)...................................535
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)...................................................................................537
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9).......................................................................540
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)......................................................................542
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................543
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS 9)...........................................544
Network Setting
545
Network Setting.............................................................................................545
Network Environment...............................................................................................................545
Configuring the IP Address on the Printer................................................................................547
Initializing the Network Settings...............................................................................................548
Configuring the Printer's TCP/IP Network Settings..................................................................549
Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel....................................................551
Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands................................................552
Specifying Printer-Related Information.....................................................................................554
Using RemoteUI.......................................................................................................................555
Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur..................................................556
Network Setting (Windows)...........................................................................557
Configuring the Printer's NetWare Network Settings................................................................557
Specifying the Printer's Frame Type.........................................................................................559
Specifying NetWare Print Services...........................................................................................561
Specifying NetWare Protocols..................................................................................................564
Configuring NetWare Network Settings....................................................................................566
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)..............................................................567
Contents vii
Contents
Sharing the Printer in Windows................................................................................................568
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................570
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility................................571
Network Setting (Macintosh)..........................................................................572
Configuring the Printer's AppleTalk Network Settings..............................................................572
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)............................................................573
Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)..............................................574
Configuring the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)..................................................578
Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network (Macintosh).................................................582
Maintenance
584
Adjusting the Printhead..................................................................................584
Correcting Print Misalignment..................................................................................................584
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically.....................................................................584
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually............................................................................586
Adjusting the Printhead Height.................................................................................................588
Adjusting the feed amount.............................................................................589
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically................................................................................589
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually.......................................................................................592
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength................................................................................................595
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy............................................................596
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets........................................................................598
Color adjustment............................................................................................600
Using Color Calibration to Adjust Colors..................................................................................600
Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing Environment...................................................603
By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows).................................................604
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light.........................................................608
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows).................................... 611
Ink Tanks........................................................................................................613
Ink Tank....................................................................................................................................613
Replacing Ink Tanks.................................................................................................................614
Checking Ink Tank Levels.........................................................................................................620
When to Replace Ink Tanks......................................................................................................621
Printheads......................................................................................................622
Printhead..................................................................................................................................622
Checking the Print Quality........................................................................................................622
Improving the Print Quality.......................................................................................................622
Checking for Nozzle Clogging..................................................................................................623
Cleaning the Printhead.............................................................................................................624
Replacing the Printhead...........................................................................................................625
Maintenance Cartridge..................................................................................632
Maintenance Cartridge.............................................................................................................632
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge......................................................................................632
Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity......................................................637
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge..........................................................................638
viii Contents
Contents
Cleaning the Printer.......................................................................................639
Cleaning the Printer Exterior....................................................................................................639
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover.................................................................................................640
Cleaning the Paper Retainer....................................................................................................643
Cleaning Spurs Used in Paper Feeding...................................................................................644
Cleaning the Printhead.............................................................................................................647
Other Maintenance........................................................................................648
Preparing to Transfer the Printer..............................................................................................648
Updating the Firmware.............................................................................................................652
Troubleshooting
653
Frequently Asked Questions..........................................................................653
Frequently Asked Questions....................................................................................................653
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver......................................................................................655
Printing does not start....................................................................................656
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up.............................................................656
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent.....................................................656
The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink.......................................................656
Cannot print over a network...........................................................................657
Cannot connect the printer to the network...............................................................................657
Configuring the Communication Mode Manually......................................................................658
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network.........................................................................................659
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks....................................................................660
Cannot print over a NetWare network......................................................................................661
The printer stops during a print job................................................................662
An error message is shown on the Display Screen..................................................................662
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper.................................................................................662
Problems with the printing quality..................................................................663
Printing is faint..........................................................................................................................663
Paper rubs against the Printhead.............................................................................................664
The edges of the paper are dirty..............................................................................................665
The surface of the paper is dirty...............................................................................................666
The back side of the paper is dirty...........................................................................................666
Banding in different colors occurs............................................................................................666
The contrast becomes uneven during printing.........................................................................667
Colors in printed images are uneven........................................................................................667
Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper...............................................668
Lines are misaligned................................................................................................................668
The length of printed images is inaccurate...............................................................................668
Documents are printed in monochrome...................................................................................668
Printed colors are inaccurate....................................................................................................669
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs................................................................670
Documents are printed crooked...............................................................................................670
White dots about 1 mm (0.039 in) apart appear on printed documents, in the direction
paper is fed...............................................................................................................................670
Contents ix
Contents
Immediately After Borderless Printing, the Trailing Edge Margin is Soiled During Regular
Printing.....................................................................................................................................670
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper.............................................................671
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows)..................................................................................671
Installation problems......................................................................................672
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly...............................................................672
Removing Installed Printer Drivers...........................................................................................673
Clearing jammed paper.................................................................................674
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper...................................................................................................674
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot).............................................................................678
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray....................................................................................679
If the Printer makes a strange sound.............................................................682
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound......................................................................................682
Other problems..............................................................................................683
The printer consumes a lot of ink.............................................................................................683
A message to check the Maintenance Cartridge is not cleared after you replace the
Maintenance Cartridge.............................................................................................................683
Paper is not cut straight............................................................................................................683
Paper cannot be cut.................................................................................................................683
Depression on the leading edge is left.....................................................................................684
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper.............................................................684
The printer does not go on.......................................................................................................684
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot...........................................................684
Cannot Load Sheets.................................................................................................................684
Ink level detection.....................................................................................................................685
Error Message
687
Responding to Messages..............................................................................687
Responding to Error Messages................................................................................................687
Error Messages........................................................................................................................689
Messages regarding paper............................................................................691
Paper Mismatch.......................................................................................................................691
Papr Type Mismatch.................................................................................................................691
Papr Size Mismatch.................................................................................................................692
This paper cannot be used.......................................................................................................692
Insufficient paper for job...........................................................................................................693
Roll printing is selected, but sheets are loaded........................................................................694
Roll printing is selected............................................................................................................694
Sheet printing is selected.........................................................................................................694
Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type................................................................................695
Manual printing is selected, but a roll is loaded........................................................................695
Cannot feed paper....................................................................................................................695
Borderless printng not possible................................................................................................696
Paper loaded askew.................................................................................................................697
Paper size not detected............................................................................................................697
Cannot detect papr...................................................................................................................698
Contents
Contents
End of paper feed.....................................................................................................................698
Cannot feed paper....................................................................................................................698
Paper jam.................................................................................................................................699
Cannot cut paper......................................................................................................................699
The roll is empty.......................................................................................................................700
Roll feed unit err.......................................................................................................................700
No Roll Feed Unit.....................................................................................................................700
Messages regarding ink.................................................................................701
Ink Level: Check.......................................................................................................................701
No ink tank loaded....................................................................................................................701
Ink insufficient...........................................................................................................................702
Ink tank is empty.......................................................................................................................703
Ink tank error............................................................................................................................703
Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected..........................................................703
Messages regarding printing or adjusment....................................................704
Use another paper....................................................................................................................704
Cannot execute this command. Use other paper.....................................................................704
Cannot print as specified..........................................................................................................704
Cannot adjust band..................................................................................................................704
Cannot adjust printhead...........................................................................................................705
Excessive temperature or humidity..........................................................................................705
Cannot calibrate.......................................................................................................................705
Messages regarding printheads....................................................................706
Cannot adjust printhead...........................................................................................................706
Cannot adjust band..................................................................................................................706
x printhead needs cleaning. (x is Left or Right)........................................................................706
PHeads: wrong pos..................................................................................................................706
Problem with Printhead x (x is L, R, or LR)..............................................................................707
x printhead error (x is Left or Right)..........................................................................................707
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge . .........................................708
No maintenance cartridge........................................................................................................708
Prepare for maint cart replacement..........................................................................................708
No Maintenance Cartridge capacity.........................................................................................708
Maintenance cartridge full........................................................................................................708
Maintenance cartridge problem................................................................................................708
Other Messages............................................................................................709
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)....................................................................................709
Top cover is open.....................................................................................................................709
ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number)...............................................................709
Unknown file.............................................................................................................................709
Prepare for parts replacement..................................................................................................709
Parts replacement time has passed.........................................................................................709
Multi-sensor error.....................................................................................................................710
Roll feed unit err.......................................................................................................................710
No Roll Feed Unit.....................................................................................................................710
Hardware error. xxxxxxxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number)............................................710
Contents xi
Contents
xii Contents
How to use this manual
Introduction
How to use this manual
About This User Manual
• Symbols
The following symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations
on restrictions or precautions in use.
Important
Indicates important information
that must be followed when using
the printer. Be sure to read this
information to prevent printer
damage or operating errors.
Caution
Indicates caution items for which
operating error poses a risk of
injury or damage to equipment
or property. To ensure safe use,
always follow these precautions.
Note
Indicates helpful reference
information and supplemental
information on particular topics.
• Button names and user interface elements
Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software (such as menus and
buttons) are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Control Panel Buttons
Example: Press the OK button.
Control Panel Interface Items and Messages
Example: Head Cleaning is displayed.
Software Interface Items
(Menus and Buttons)
Example: Click OK .
Keyboard Keys
Example: Press the Tab key.
• Part Names
Names of printer parts are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Printer part names
Example: Open the Top Cover .
Introduction 1
How to use this manual
• Cross-reference
Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Cross-Reference in the Same User Manual
Example: see “Turning the Printer On and Off”.
(→P.19)
Click the link to jump to the corresponding page.
Cross-Reference in Related Manuals
Example: See the Paper Reference Guide .
Other Cross-Reference
Example: See the printer driver help.
• Figures and software screens
• Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the printer in some
cases.
• Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from
the actual screens because of subsequent updates.
• Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual.
• Trademarks
• Canon, the Canon logo, and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon
Inc.
• Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and other countries.
• Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. in the United States and other countries.
• Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
owners.
• Copyright
© 2007 Canon Inc.
• Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited.
• May we request
Thank you for understanding the following points.
• The information in this User Manual is subject to change without notice.
• We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual, but if you notice errors or
omissions, please contact us.
2 Introduction
How to use this manual
Viewing Videos of Explanations
To view videos related to topic pages, click the View Video button. The video will play in a separate window.
This way, you can learn by watching demonstrations of the actual procedures.
Video Requirements: In Windows, Adobe Flash Player must be installed to view the videos.
If it is not installed, download it by clicking the following URL.
http://www.adobe.com/products/ashplayer/
Note that this URL is subject to change. If you cannot access this URL, download Adobe Flash Player by
visiting the main Adobe website and navigating to the appropriate page.
Introduction 3
How to use this manual
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing
For your convenience when printing this manual, HTML versions of the sections in “Using the Printer” on the
top page are available. All topics in a section are combined in one le for printing. This section describes how
to print sections of the manual, using the content of Printing Procedure in Basic Printing Workow as
an example.
1.
On the top page, click Basic Printing Workow.
2.
Under Basic Printing Workow in the left frame, click Printing Procedure.
4 Introduction
How to use this manual
3.
In the title area of Printing Procedure, click Access to the HTML for printing.
An HTML version of the topics in Printing Procedure is displayed, suitable for printing.
Introduction 5
How to use this manual
4.
Access the printing dialog box as follows, depending on your computer’s operating system.
• Windows
In Windows, right-click anywhere in the explanation area except on a gure or a link. In the shortcut
menu, click Print to display the Print dialog box.
• Macintosh
On a Macintosh computer, click anywhere in the explanation area except on a gure or a link while
holding the Ctrl key. In the shortcut menu, click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box.
6 Introduction
How to use this manual
5.
Specify conditions as needed, and then click Print (Windows) or Print (Macintosh).
• Windows
• Macintosh
Note
• To print “Software” on the top page or individual topics that are displayed, follow steps 4 and 5.
Introduction 7
Printer parts
Printer Parts
Printer parts
Front
Standard
When the Ejection Guide is removed
a. Top Cover
Open this cover to install the Printhead and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer, as
needed. (→P.10)
b. Paper Tray Cover
Open this cover to load sheets in the Top Paper Feed Slot. (→P.11)
c. Roll Feed Unit
Load rolls in this unit. You can also load sheets in this unit manually.
d. Roll Paper Unit Cover
Open this cover to load rolls. (→P.12)
e. Control Panel
Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status. (→P.15)
f. Ejection Guide
Supports paper as it is ejected to prevent it from rising.
g. Output Tray ( Front Paper Feed Slot )
All printed documents are ejected to the output tray. Also, use this slot when loading heavyweight
paper. (→P.11)
h. Cutter Unit
A round-bladed cutter for automatic cutting of roll paper. The cutter is retracted inside when not cutting.
i. Maintenance Cartridge
Absorbs excess ink.
j. Ink Tank Cover
Open this cover to replace Ink Tank. (→P.14)
8 Printer Parts
Printer parts
k. Stand
A stand on which the printer is installed. Equipped with casters so that the printer can be easily moved.
l. Output Stacker
Printed documents are ejected into the output tray. The Output Stacker (→P.171) can hold one sheet.
Back
a. Expansion Board Slots
For installing an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board, as desired.
b. USB Port
Connect a USB cable to this port. This port is compatible with High Speed USB 2.0.
c. Ethernet Port
Connect an Ethernet cable to this port.
d. Power Supply Connector
Connect the power cord to this connector.
e. Carrying handles (at six positions)
When carrying the printer, hold it by these handles under both sides.
Printer Parts 9
Printer parts
Top Cover (Inside)
a. Carriage
Moves the Printhead. It serves a key role in printing. (→P.13)
b. Carriage Shaft
The Carriage slides along this shaft.
c. Paper Retainer
Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.
d. Platen
The Printhead moves across the platen during printing. Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in
place.
e. Borderless Printing Ink Grooves
For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.
f. Cleaning Brush
When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on
the Platen.
g. Linear Scale
The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position. Be careful not to touch this
part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams.
10 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Tray Feed Area
a. Tray Extension
When loading sheets on the tray, open the Paper Tray Cover before opening the tray.
b. Width Guide
When loading the sheets , move the guide to match the paper size.
c. Top Paper Feed Slot
When loading sheets, insert them here.
d. Front Paper Feed Slot ( Output Tray )
When loading heavyweight paper, insert it here. Also, all printed documents are ejected from
this slot.
e. Front Tray Guides
Lift all of the guides before printing on heavyweight paper. When feeding heavyweight paper,
rest the sheet on these guides, align it to the right, and insert the leading edge up to the Paper
Alignment Line.
f. Paper Alignment Line
When loading heavyweight paper, ensure the paper edge is parallel to this line.
Printer Parts 11
Printer parts
Roll Paper Unit Cover (Inside)
a. Roll Holder
Load rolls on this holder.
b. Holder Stopper
Secure rolls on the Roll Holder with this part.
c. Roll Holder Slot
Slide the Roll Holder into this guide slot.
12 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Carriage
a. Printhead Fixer Cover
Holds the Printhead in place. Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement.
b. Printhead
The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles. It serves a key role in printing.
c. Printhead Fixer Lever
Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover. Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement.
Printer Parts 13
Printer parts
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)
a. Ink Tank
Cartridges of ink in various colors.
b. Ink Tank Lock Lever
A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it. Open or close the lever when replacing an
Ink Tank.
c. Ink Lamp (Red)
Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened.
• On
On: The Ink Tank is installed correctly.
• Off
Off: No Ink Tank is installed, or the ink level detection function is disabled.
• Flashing Slowly
Not much ink is left.
• Flashing Rapidly
There is no ink left.
a. Ink Color Label
Load an Ink Tank corresponding to the color and name on these labels.
b. Ink Set
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer (→P.613) is labeled with a white letter “H” in a black circle
on the side. When purchasing an Ink Tank, make sure an “H” is printed on the label.
14 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Control Panel
a. Data lamp (Green)
• Flashing
During printing, the Data lamp ashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs.
Otherwise, this lamp ashes when the printer is paused or updating the rmware.
• Off
There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off.
b. Message lamp (Orange)
• On
A warning message is displayed.
• Flashing
An error message is displayed.
• Off
The printer is off or is operating normally.
c. Paper Source Section
After you press the Feeder Selection button, the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit.
1. Roll Media lamp (Green) (Rolls)
• On
Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
2. Cut Sheet lamp (Green)
• On
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source.
d. Display Screen
Shows the printer menu, as well as the printer status and messages.
e. Color Label
These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names. The labels correspond to the ink levels on
the Display Screen.
Printer Parts 15
Printer parts
f. Online Button
Switches the printer online and ofine. (→P.26)
• On (Green)
The printer is online.
• Flashing
The printer is recovering from Sleep mode.
• Off
The printer is ofine.
g. Feeder Selection Button
Switches the paper source. Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between roll
feed (when the paper source is a roll) and sheet feed (when the paper source is the Tray or Front
Paper Feed Slot ). The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit.
h. Menu Button
Displays the main menu of the printer. (→P.49)
i. Information Button
Displays printer submenus. Press this key to display information about ink, paper, and so on.
(→P.61)
You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead ( Head Cleaning A ).
j. ◄ Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level higher.
When you are entering numbers, the button moves the cursor to the next digit.
The instructions can be paused when [← Pause] is displayed.
When [← Back] is displayed, you can access the previous instruction screen.
k. ▲ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to rewind rolls manually. (→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value.
l. ► Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level lower.
When [Fwd →] is displayed, you can access the next instruction screen.
m.▼ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to feed roll paper manually. (→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value.
n. OK Button
In menu mode, press this button to conrm or execute the selected item or setting.
At other times, pressing this button enables you to access the next screen after following the
instructions on the Display Screen.
o. Power Button
Turns the printer on and off. (→P.19)
p. Load/Eject Button
You can check instructions on loading, replacing, and removing paper. Instructions for loading
or replacing paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded, and
instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded.
16 Printer Parts
Printer parts
q. Stop Button
Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period.
During display of instructions on loading sheets, for example, you can hold down this button for one
second to pause the current screen.
Note
• When the printer is in Sleep mode, you can press any button to wake the printer and bring it online
or ofine again.
Printer Parts 17
Printer parts
Vents
The vents are on top (1), on the right (2), and on the bottom on the right (3 and 4).
Caution
• Do not block these vents when the printer is on.
• Avoid setting paper or other light objects near the vents.
18 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Control Panel
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning the printer on
1.
Press the Power button to turn on the printer.
The printer will now start up.
After the Display Screen shows the Canon logo, Starting up... Please wait. is displayed.
2.
The printer goes online in preparation for printing after startup, and the Online lamp and paper
source section lamp remain lit.
The printer will not go online in the following situations. Take action as needed.
• The Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover.
• The Ink Tank Cover is open
Close the Ink Tank Cover.
• The Printhead is not installed
Please see “Replacing the Printhead”. (→P.625)
• Ink Tank is not installed
Please see “Replacing Ink Tanks”. (→P.614)
• “ERROR” is shown on the Display Screen
Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer.
• The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit (even once), and nothing appears on the Display
Screen
Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly. Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet.
Printer Parts 19
Control Panel
• No paper is loaded
Load paper. (→P.80) (→P.85)
Important
• Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may
cause the computer to start up at the same time. To prevent this, disconnect the USB cable before
starting the printer. Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue.
Turning the printer off
Important
• Never turn the printer off or unplug it during a print job. This could damage the printer.
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
If the Message lamp is ashing, check the message on the Display Screen and take action as
necessary. (→P.689)
If the Data lamp is ashing, the printer is receiving a print job. Turn off the printer only after
printing is nished.
2.
Hold down the Power button for more than a second.
After Shut Down.. Please Wait.. is shown on the Display Screen, the printer shuts off.
20 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Printer Modes
Printer modes are classied as follows and described in this topic.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Modes (→P.21)
Mode transition (→P.22)
Online, and state of the Control Panel (→P.23)
Ofine, and state of the Control Panel (→P.24)
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel (→P.25)
Submenu mode, and state of the Control Panel (→P.25)
Modes
The printer has ve modes as follows:
• Online
The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer. Jobs sent from the computer are processed
immediately. If jobs are received in other modes, they are printed the next time the printer goes online.
• Ofine
Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being processed.
While the printer is ofine, you can feed or cut roll paper manually.
The printer goes ofine automatically if jobs cannot be processed, such as if errors occur.
• Menu mode
Menus are displayed on the printer, and you can select, set, or execute menu items. Any jobs sent
from the computer are held without being printed.
• Submenus
Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information. Jobs can be received and printing is
possible while submenus are displayed and the printer is online. In other modes, any jobs sent from the
computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed.
• Sleep mode
The printer is in power-saving mode. The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if
it is idle for a specic period (by factory default, ve minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or
buttons are pressed while all covers are closed.
You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu. (→P.49)
If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode (after it was originally online), the
printer goes online and prints the jobs.
Printer Parts 21
Control Panel
Mode transition
The printer mode transitions are as follows:
*1: When submenus are displayed, you can press any button other than the Information button to return
to the previous mode.
*2: The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a specic period (by factory default, ve
minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed.
However, it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed.
*3: In Sleep mode, the printer can be restored to the previous state by pressing any button. Sleep mode is
also terminated if a print job is received or a command is issued from RemoteUI.
*4: The menu of options available during printing can be displayed by pressing the Online button to
pause printing and then pressing the Menu button.
22 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Online, and state of the Control Panel
Not printing
Printing in progress (receiving or
processing print jobs)
Display Screen
• Top Level of the Display Screen
The printer status is displayed here. The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper-right
corner.
Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2-4. Take action as needed. (→P.689)
• Middle Level of the Display Screen
The rst and second lines display the paper type and size.
• Bottom Level of the Display Screen
Here, the remaining ink level is indicated. (→P.620)
Control Panel
• Online lamp (→P.15)
Lit when the printer is online.
• Data lamp (→P.15)
Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed.
• Message lamp (→P.15)
Lit when warning messages are displayed.
Printer Parts 23
Control Panel
Ofine, and state of the Control Panel
Ofine
Not printing
Printing is paused
Display Screen
• Display Screen
The printer status is displayed here. The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper-right
corner.
Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2-4. Take action as needed. (→P.689)
• Middle Level of the Display Screen
The rst and second lines display the paper type and size.
• Bottom Level of the Display Screen
Here, the remaining ink level is indicated. (→P.620)
Control Panel
• Message lamp (→P.15)
Lit when warning messages are displayed.
Error Messages
If action can be taken
If no action can be taken
• Top and Middle Levels
• Top and Middle Levels
• Top and Middle Levels
of the Display Screen
Error messages are
displayed.
• Bottom Level of the
Display Screen
Here, the remaining
ink level is indicated.
(→P.620)
of the Display Screen
Error messages are
displayed.
• Bottom Level of the
Display Screen
The corrective actions
are displayed here.
of the Display Screen
The error message
is displayed with the
following instructions:
Turn off printer, wait,
then turn on again.
• Data lamp (→P.15)
Flashes when print jobs are being received.
• Message lamp (→P.15)
Flashes when error messages are displayed.
Take action as needed. (→P.689)
24 Printer Parts
• Display Screen
“ERROR” is displayed,
followed by the error
code and Call for
service.
• Data lamp (→P.15)
Flashes when print jobs are being received.
• Message lamp (→P.15)
Flashes when error messages are displayed.
Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds
before restoring the power.
If the message is still displayed after this, write down
the error code and message, turn off the printer, and
contact the Canon dealer for assistance.
Control Panel
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel
Main menu
• Display Screen
Pressing the Menu button
when printing is not in progress
displays the main menu.
The title of the selected menu is
displayed on the rst line, and
items in this menu are displayed
on the second and subsequent
lines. If a scroll bar is shown
at right, the menu is continued
below but cannot be displayed
all at once. (→P.30)
Menu items and settings
• Display Screen
The title of the selected menu
is displayed on the rst line,
and menu items or settings are
displayed on the second and
subsequent lines. (→P.30)
The menu of options available
during printing (top gure) can
be displayed by pressing the ►
button when the main menu is
displayed (left gure).
Main menu (during printing)
• Display Screen
The menu of options that are
available during printing can be
displayed while you are printing
by pressing the Online button
to pause printing and then
pressing the Menu button.
When you select a menu, the
title of the selected menu is
displayed on the rst line and
items in the menu are displayed
on the second and subsequent
lines. If a scroll bar is shown
at right, the menu is continued
below but cannot be displayed
all at once. (→P.30)
Submenu mode, and state of the Control Panel
Remaining Maintenance
Information of the loaded paper
Cartridge capacity and ink levels
Printer information
Press the Information button to display this information, one after another: the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity and remaining ink levels, paper information, and printer information. (→P.61)
Printer Parts 25
Control Panel
Switching Modes
Switching the Printer Online/Ofine
Press the Online button to switch the printer online or ofine.
The Online lamp is lit in Online mode. Printing is possible in this mode.
The Online lamp is off in Ofine mode.
26 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Depending on the status, the printer switches online and ofine as follows.
Printer Status
When the Online Button is Pressed
Online
The printer switches ofine and the Online lamp goes
off.
Online, printing
Switches ofine and printing is paused.
When printing is paused, the Printing menu is
available.
Ofine
Switches online and the Online lamp is lit.
Ofine, when an error message is displayed
In the case of error messages other than those
shown below or if paper is not loaded, the printer
remains ofine until you solve the problem. The
Online lamp remains off.
If the following error messages are displayed, the
printer switches online and printing is resumed.
However, you may not be able to obtain the desired
printing results.
• Insufcient paper for job
• PHead needs cleaning.
• Papr Size Mismatch
• Papr Type Mismatch
Menu mode
Switches online and the Online lamp is lit.
Menu mode, printing
Switches online and the Online lamp is lit.
Printing is resumed.
Printer Parts 27
Control Panel
Switching to Menu Mode
Press the Menu button to display the main menu.
Depending on the status, the printer switches to Menu mode as follows.
When the Menu Button is Pressed
Printer Status
Online
Switches to Menu mode.
Online, printing
The printer stays online. It does not switch to Menu
mode.
Ofine
Switches to Menu mode.
Ofine, printing
Menus available during printing are displayed.
Ofine, when an error message is displayed
Not switch to Menu mode until the problem is solved.
Press the Information button to display the submenus.
Press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels, as well
as information on the loaded paper and the printer. Press the Information button repeatedly to change the
information displayed. (→P.61)
Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode.
After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print
job is received or if you do not operate the printer.
Note
• You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.
(→P.624)
28 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Printer Menu Operations
For instructions on selecting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.30)
For details on menu levels and menu items, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.35)
The printer menu structure is made up of a main menu and submenus.
Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel. The principal settings available in
the main menu are as follows:
• Paper Settings
Specify the type and size of paper.
• Print Settings
Adjust or clean the Printhead, or adjust the paper feed amount.
• Printer Settings
Congure the network settings, set the sleep timer, and specify the unit of measurement on the display.
Note
• By default, main menu settings apply to all print jobs. However, for settings that are also available in the
printer driver, the values specied in the printer driver take priority.
Access the submenu by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel. You can check the following
information in submenus.
•
•
•
•
Ink levels
Maintenance Cartridge capacity
Size and type of paper that is selected
Amount of roll paper left
Printer Parts 29
Control Panel
Main Menu Operations
Press the Menu button to display the main menu. For details, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.49)
• Main menu when no print job is in progress
• Main menu during printing
Note
• The main menu will not be displayed in the following cases even if you press the Menu button.
• An error message is displayed
You can access the Menu mode after you have solved the problem.
• Pressing the Menu button when printing is paused (because you have pressed the Online button)
displays main menu items that are available during printing.
To access each function menu from the main menu, and set or execute menu items, use buttons on the
Control Panel.
The following section describes menu operations and how they are presented in this User Manual.
•
•
•
•
Accessing Menus (→P.31)
Specifying menu items (→P.32)
Specifying numerical values (→P.33)
Executing menu commands (→P.34)
30 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Accessing Menus
Printer menus are grouped by function.
Menus are displayed with the upper line selected. Use the buttons on the Control Panel to access each menu.
• Press ▲ to access a higher menu in the menu list, and press ▼ to access a lower one. If items of the
menu list are more than the lines of the screen, press ▲ and ▼ to scroll the menu. If you navigate
to the lowest-level menu and press the ▼ button again, the display switches to the top-level menu
screen. If you navigate to the top-level menu and press the ▲ button again, the display switches to
the lowest-level menu screen. Items you select are highlighted.
The scroll bar at right indicates the current position in the overall menu.
• To access these lower level menus, select a menu and press ►.
• To return to upper level menus, press the ◄ button.
Printer Parts 31
Control Panel
Specifying menu items
Follow the steps below to specify menu items.
1.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select a menu, and then press the ► button.
Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed.
2.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the desired setting, and then press the OK button.
The check box at left is selected, and the setting is conrmed.
After two seconds, the display reverts to the upper level menu.
3.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Note
• If a conrmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered, press the OK button. The
setting is applied, and the printer goes online.
32 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Specifying numerical values
Follow the steps below to enter numbers for items such as network settings.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press the ► button.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the number, and then press the OK button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select TCP/IP, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select IP Setting, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select IP Address, and then press the ► button.
Press ◄ or ► to move the cursor (_) to each eld for entering numbers.
Note
• Hold down ▲ or ▼ to increase or decrease the value continuously.
• Make sure the IP address you enter for the printer is not the same as any computer IP address
in your network.
7.
8.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to continue entering numbers.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Note
• If a conrmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered, press the OK button. The
setting is applied, and the printer goes online.
Printer Parts 33
Control Panel
Executing menu commands
Follow the steps below to execute menu commands.
1.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select a menu, and then press the ► button.
Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed.
2.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the action to execute, and then press the OK button.
After two seconds, the menu command is executed. After commands are executed, the printer
commonly reverts to the state before the menu operation, either online or ofine.
34 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Menu Structure
Main Menu
The structure of the main menu is as follows. Values at right indicated by an asterisk “*” are the defaults.
For instructions on menu operations, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.30)
For details on menu items, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.49)
First Level
Paper Cutting (*1)
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
No *
Yes
Rep. Ink Tank
No *
Yes
Head Cleaning
Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
Media Menu
Manual PaperType
Plain Paper (*5)
Plain Paper HQ
(*5)
Plain Paper HG
(*5)
Recycled Coated
(*5)
High Resolution
(*5)
Coated Paper (*5)
HW Coated (*5)
Ex HW Coated (*5)
Premium MatteP
(*5)
Matte Photo (*5)
Glossy Photo (*5)
Semi-Gl Photo (*5)
HW GlossyPhoto2
(*5)
HW SemiGlPhoto2
(*5)
Poster Semi-Gl
(*5)
SatinPhoto 190
(*5)
Photo PaperPlus
(*5)
Printer Parts 35
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
PhotoPlusSemiGl
(*5)
Syn. Paper (*5)
Adh. Syn. Paper
(*5)
Backlit Film (*5)
Backprint Film (*5)
Flame-Res.Cloth
(*5)
ThinFab.Banner2
(*5)
Proong Paper
(*5)
News Proof 1 (*5)
News Proof 2 (*5)
FineArt Photo (*5)
FneArt HW Photo
(*5)
FineArt Txtr (*5)
FineArt Wtrclr (*5)
FineArtBlockP (*5)
Canvas Matte2
(*5)
JPN Paper Washi
(*5)
Colored Coated
(*5)
CAD Trace Paper
(*5)
CAD Matte Film
(*5)
POP Board (*5)
Special # Here, the
number is 1-10 (*5)
Manual PaperSize
ISO A1
ISO A2+
ISO A2
ISO A3+
ISO A3
36 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
ISO A4
ISO B2
ISO B3
ISO B4
JIS B2
JIS B3
JIS B4
22"x34"(ANSI D)
17"x22"(ANSI C)
11"x17" (Ledger)
13"x19" (Super B)
Letter (8.5"x11")
Legal (8.5"x14")
24"x36" (ARCH D)
18"x24" (ARCH C)
12"x18" (ARCH B)
9"x12" (ARCH A)
DIN C2
DIN C3
DIN C4
20"x24"
18"x22"
14"x17"
12"x16"
10"x12"
10"x15"
8"x10"
16"x20"
20"x30"
13"x22"
300x900mm
Free Size Setng
Roll Media Type
(*1)
Plain Paper (*5)
Plain Paper HQ
(*5)
Printer Parts 37
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Plain Paper HG
(*5)
Recycled Coated
(*5)
Coated Paper (*5)
HW Coated (*5)
Ex HW Coated (*5)
Premium MatteP
(*5)
Glossy Photo (*5)
Semi-Gl Photo (*5)
HW GlossyPhoto2
(*5)
HW SemiGlPhoto2
(*5)
Poster Semi-Gl
(*5)
SatinPhoto 190
(*5)
Syn. Paper (*5)
Adh. Syn. Paper
(*5)
Backlit Film (*5)
Backprint Film (*5)
Flame-Res.Cloth
(*5)
ThinFab.Banner2
(*5)
Proong Paper
(*5)
News Proof 1 (*5)
News Proof 2 (*5)
FineArt Photo (*5)
FneArt HW Photo
(*5)
FineArt Txtr (*5)
FineArt Wtrclr (*5)
FineArtBlockP (*5)
Canvas Matte2
(*5)
38 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Third Level
Second Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
JPN Paper Washi
(*5)
Colored Coated
(*5)
CAD Trace Paper
(*5)
CAD Matte Film
(*5)
Special # Here, the
number is 1-10 (*5)
Chk Remain.Roll
Off *
On
Roll Length Set (*1, ### m (*11)
*2)
### feet (*11)
Paper Details
(The paper type is
Roll DryingTime
displayed here.) (*5)
Off
30 sec.
1 min.
3 min.
5 min.
10 min.
30 min.
60 min.
Scan Wait Time
Off
1 sec.
3 sec.
5 sec.
7 sec.
9 sec.
Feed Priority
Automatic *
Band Joint
Print Length
Adjust Length
From -0.70% to
0.70%
Head Height
Automatic *
Highest
High
Printer Parts 39
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Standard
Low
Lowest
Skew Check Lv.
High Accuracy
Standard *
Loose
Off
VacuumStrngth
Automatic *
Strongest
Strong
Standard
Weak
Weakest
NearEnd RollMrgn 3mm
20mm
Cut Speed
Fast
Standard
Slow
Trim Edge First
Automatic
Off
On
Cutting Mode
Automatic
Eject
Manual
Bordless Margin
Automatic
Fixed
CutDustReduct.
On
Off
NearEnd Sht Mrgn 3mm
20mm
Manual Feed
Front
Top
Return Defaults
(*12)
No
Yes
40 Printer Parts
Fifth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Adjust Printer
Third Level
Second Level
Auto Head Adj.
Standard Adj.
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
No
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No
Yes
Auto Print
Off
On *
Manual Head Adj
(*9)
No
Yes
Auto Band Adj.
Standard Adj.
No
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No
Yes
Manual Band Adj
No
Yes
Adj Far Ed Feed
No
Yes
Adjust Length (*3)
No
Yes
Calibration
Auto Adjust
No
Yes
Calibration Log
Date
Paper Type
Use Adj. Value
Disabled
Enabled *
Return Defaults
No
Yes *
Interface Setup
EOP Timer
10 sec.
30 sec.
1 min.
2 min.
5 min.
10 min. *
30 min.
60 min.
Printer Parts 41
Control Panel
First Level
Third Level
Second Level
TCP/IP
IP Mode
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Automatic
Manual *
Protocol (*4)
DHCP
On
Off *
BOOTP
On
Off *
RARP
On
Off *
IP Setting (*10)
NetWare
NetWare
IP Address
0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255
Subnet Mask
0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255
Default G/W
0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255
On
Off *
Frame Type (*6)
Auto Detect
Ethernet 2
Ethernet 802.2 *
Ethernet 802.3
Ethernet SNAP
Print Service (*6)
BinderyPServer
RPrinter
NDSPServer *
NPrinter
AppleTalk
On
Off *
Ethernet Driver
Auto Detect
On *
Off
Comm.Mode (*7)
Half Duplex *
Full Duplex
Ethernet Type (*7) 10 Base-T *
100 Base-TX
Spanning Tree
Not Use *
Use
MAC Address
42 Printer Parts
000085 XXXXXX
Control Panel
First Level
Third Level
Second Level
Ext. Interface
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
No
IEEE1394
Return Defaults
No
Yes
Maintenance
Repl. maint cart
No
Yes
Replace P.head
Printhead L
No
Yes
Printhead R
No
Yes
Move Printer
No *
Yes
Clean Platen
No
Yes
Spur Cleaning
No
Yes
System Setup
Warning
Buzzer
Off
On *
Detect Mismatch
Pause
Warning
None *
Keep Media Size
Off *
On
Paper Size Basis
Sht Selection
ISO A3+ *
13"x19"(Super B)
Roll Selection 1
ISO A3 (297mm) *
300mm Roll
Roll Selection 2
10in. (254mm) *
JIS B4 (257mm)
TrimEdge Reload
Automatic
Off *
On
Noz. Check Freq.
Off
1 page
10 pages
Printer Parts 43
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Automatic *
Sleep Timer
5 min. *
10 min.
15 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
240 min.
Length Unit
meter *
feet/inch
Time Zone
0:London (GMT)
+1:Paris,Rome
+2:Athens,Cairo
+3:Moscow
+4:Eerevan,Baku
+5:Islamabad
+6:Dacca
+7:Bangkok
+8:Hong Kong
+9:Tokyo,Seoul
+10:Canberra
+11NewCaledonia
+12:Wellington
-12:Eniwetok
-11:Midway is.
-10Hawaii(AHST)
-9:Alaska(AKST)
-8:Oregon (PST)
-7:Arizona(MST)
-6:Texas (CST)
-5:NewYork(EST)
-4:Santiago
-3:Buenos Aires
44 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Third Level
Second Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
-2:
-1:Cape Verde
Date Format
yyyy/mm/dd *
dd/mm/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
Date & Time
Date
yyyy/mm/dd (*8)
Time
hh:mm
Language
Contrast Adj.
-4, -3, -2, -1, 0*, +1,
+2, +3, +4
Reset PaprSetngs
No
Yes
Test Print
Status Print
No
Yes
Media Details
No
Yes
Print Job Log
No
Yes
Menu Map
No
Yes
Nozzle Check
No
Printer Parts 45
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Yes
Information
System Info
Error Log
######## - ####
Job Log
(Choose from
Document Name
information about
the latest three print
jobs.)
User Name
Page Count
Job Status
Print Start Time
Print End Time
Print Time
Print Size
Media Type
Interface
Ink Consumed
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
Available only if a roll is loaded.
Available only if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Print Length.
Not displayed if IP Mode is Manual.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.108) The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change
paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool Guide
(Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
*6: Not displayed if NetWare is Off.
*7: Not displayed if Auto Detect is On.
*8: Follows the setting in Date Format.
*9: Available after you have used Advanced Adj. in Auto Head Adj. once.
*10: Not displayed if IP Mode is Automatic.
*11: Follows the setting in Length Unit.
*12: Select Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default values. Any paper type settings you
have changed on the Control Panel of the printer are restored to the original values when you install
the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you update paper information by using the
Media Conguration Tool.
Caution
• Only the following menus are displayed during printing.
• Menu Durng Prtng
If you press the Online button while printing to pause printing and then press the Menu button,
Head Cleaning, Fine Band Adj., and Information are displayed.
46 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Submenus
Each time you press the Information button on the Control Panel, printer information is displayed in the
following order.
■The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels
■Information on the loaded paper
■Printer information
For details on submenu screens, see “Submenu Display”. (→P.61)
Printer Parts 47
Control Panel
Main menu during printing
The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows.
For instructions on menu operations, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.30)
For details on menu items available during printing, see “Main Menu Settings (During Printing)”. (→P.59)
First Level
Second Level
Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
Fine Band Adj.
From -5 to 5
Information
System Info
Error Log
######## - ####
Job Log
(Choose from
Document Name
information about
the latest three print
jobs.)
User Name
Page Count
Job Status
Print Start Time
Print End Time
Print Time
Print Size
Media Type
Interface
Ink Consumed
48 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Main Menu Settings
Main menu items are described in the following tables.
For instructions on menu operations, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.30)
For details on menu levels and values, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.35)
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Paper Cutting
This command is available only if a roll is loaded.
Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position. If the roll is not already at the cut
position, the roll will be automatically advanced to that position and then cut.
Rep. Ink Tank
When replacing the Ink Tank , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
(→P.614)
Head Cleaning
Specify Printhead cleaning options. (→P.624)
Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign
substances.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved
by Head Cleaning A.
Media Menu
Specify the type and size of paper. (→P.50)
Paper Details
Specify detailed paper-related settings, including the ink drying time and borderless
printing options. (→P.51)
Adjust Printer
Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern. (→P.53)
Interface Setup
Congure the EOP timer and network settings. (→P.54)
Maintenance
Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move
the printer. (→P.55)
System Setup
Specify the printer system settings, including the date format and display language.
(→P.56)
Test Print
Choose Status Print to print information about the printer.
Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specied in Paper Details.
Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs, including the paper type and
size, amount of ink used, and so on. (Information on ink consumption is general,
not specic in nature.)
Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options.
Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles.
Information
Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs. (→P.58)
Printer Parts 49
Control Panel
Media Menu
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Manual PaperType
(*1)
Choose the type of sheets to be loaded manually.
(→P.162)
Manual PaperSize
(*1)
Choose the size of paper to be loaded manually.
(→P.163)
Roll Media Type (*1) Choose the size of the roll.
(→P.124)
Chk Remain.Roll
Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The printed
barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left. Choose Off if you
prefer not to print the barcode.
Roll Length Set
Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
If a barcode is not printed on rolls, specify the roll length. The roll length is displayed
in meters or feet, depending on the setting in Length Unit.
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.108) The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change
paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool Guide
(Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
50 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Paper Details
Setting Item
(The paper type is
displayed here.)(*1)
Description, Instructions
Roll DryingTime
Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
Scan Wait Time
Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan
in bidirectional printing, in consideration of how quickly the
ink dries. Note that printing will take longer if you specify a
wait time.
Feed Priority
Specify exact paper feeding, if desired. Normally, select
Automatic. Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed
the paper an exact amount. However, note that choosing
Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of
Carriage scanning.
Adjust Length
Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length.
Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage
of the current paper.
Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the
discrepancy that you measured (as a percentage).
For paper that tends to stretch, increase the feed amount by
choosing a higher adjustment value. For paper that tends
to shrink, decrease the feed amount by choosing a lower
adjustment value.
Head Height
Adjust the Printhead height. (→P.588)
Skew Check Lv.
If you print on Japanese paper (washi) or other handmade
paper that has an irregular width, choose Loose for a higher
skew detection threshold, or choose Off to disable skew
detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when detection
is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
VacuumStrngth
Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen
. (→P.595)
NearEnd RollMrgn
Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper
to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 3mm , it may lower the printing quality
at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy. The printed
surface may be scratched, and ink may adhere to the leading
edge. It may also cause the Platen to become soiled.
Cut Speed
Choose the cutting speed. If you use adhesive paper,
choosing Slow helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the
cutter and keeps the cutter sharp.
Trim Edge First
If a roll is loaded, the end of the paper will be cut.
Choose On to have 40 mm (1.6 in) cut off the leading edge of
the roll after you load the roll. Scraps are then removed.
When Automatic is selected, if the left and right side of
the leading edge of the roll are uneven (by 3 mm [0.12 in]
or more), the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to
ensure a straight edge after you load the roll. Scraps are then
removed.
If the unevenness is less than 3 mm or if Off is selected, the
edge is not cut and scraps are not removed.
Printer Parts 51
Control Panel
Setting Item
(The paper type is
displayed here.)(*1)
Description, Instructions
Cutting Mode
Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round-bladed
cutter.
Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after
printing. If you choose Eject, the paper is cut after you hold
down the Stop button for a second or more. If you choose
Manual, the paper will not be cut after printing. Instead, a line
will be printed at the cut position.
Bordless Margin
Adjust the margin during borderless printing.
Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the
paper width and congure the margin settings for borderless
printing. If margins are mistakenly created when Automatic
is selected, choose Fixed. In this case, the paper width is not
detected automatically, and the document is printed without
borders, using the margin settings required by the printer.
CutDustReduct.
Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when
cutting lm and similar media by printing a line at the cut
position. This option reduces the amount of debris given off
after cutting. It also helps prevent adhesive from sticking to
the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if you use adhesive
paper. (→P.134)
NearEnd Sht Mrgn
Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure
better printing quality at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 3mm , it may lower the printing quality
at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy. The printed
surface may be scratched, and ink may adhere to the leading
edge.
Manual Feed
When printing manually, choose the Paper Feed Slot .
Normally, choose Top . For heavyweight paper such as POP
Board , choose Front .
Return Defaults
Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default
values.
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.108) The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change
paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool.
52 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Adjust Printer
Setting Item
Auto Head Adj.
Standard Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern
for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to
the printing direction. (→P.584)
Advanced Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern
for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to
the nozzle and printing direction. (→P.584)
Auto Print
Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the
Advanced Adj. operations after you replace the Printhead .
(→P.584)
Manual Head Adj
Auto Band Adj.
Description, Instructions
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead
alignment relative to the printing direction. Enter the
adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern.
(→P.586)
Standard Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band
adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed
amount. (→P.589)
Advanced Adj.
Choose this option when using paper other than genuine
Canon paper, or paper for purposes other than checking
output.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band
adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed
amount. Note that this function takes more time and requires
more ink than Standard Adj. (→P.589)
Manual Band Adj
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed
amount based on the paper type.
Adj Far Ed Feed
Choose Yes for adjustment of the feed amount of the trailing
edge.
Adjust Length
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to
paper stretching or shrinkage, after which you can enter the
amount of adjustment. (→P.596)
Calibration
Auto Adjust
Choose Yes for automatic adjustment of the adjustment value
after a test pattern for color calibration is printed. The latest
color calibration adjustment value is applied for all paper.
Calibration Log
The date of color calibration and the paper type is indicated
on the Display Screen .
Use Adj. Value
Select Disabled and press the OK button to print without
applying the color calibration adjustment value. The printer
driver settings are given priority.
Select Enabled and press the OK button to apply the color
calibration adjustment value in printing. However, the printer
driver settings will be given priority.
Return Defaults
Clears the color calibration adjustment value and log.
Printer Parts 53
Control Panel
Interface Setup
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
EOP Timer
TCP/IP
Specify the timeout period before cancellation of
print jobs that cannot be received by the printer.
IP Mode
Protocol
Choose whether the printer IP address is
congured automatically or a static IP address
is entered manually.
DHCP
BOOTP
Specify the protocol used to congure the IP
address automatically.
RARP
IP Setting
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default G/W
NetWare
NetWare
Specify the NetWare protocol. To apply your
changes, choose Register Setting .
Frame Type
Specify the frame type to use.
Print Service
Choose the print service.
AppleTalk
Ethernet Driver
Specify the printer network information when
using a static IP address.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as
well as the network subnet mask and default
gateway.
Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol.
To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting .
Auto Detect
Specify the communication method. To apply
your changes, choose Register Setting .
Choose On for automatic conguration of the
LAN communication protocol. Choose Off
to use settings values of Comm.Mode and
Ethernet Type.
Comm.Mode
Choose the LAN communication method.
Ethernet Type
Choose the LAN transfer rate.
Spanning Tree
Choose whether spanning-tree packets are
supported over the LAN.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address.
Ext. Interface
Choose the expansion interface.
Return Defaults
Execute? is displayed if you press the ▼
button. Choose OK to restore the network
settings to the default values.
54 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Maintenance
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Repl. maint cart
When replacing the Maintenance Cartridge , choose Yes and follow
the instructions on the screen. (→P.632)
Replace P.head
Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining
Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low.
When replacing the Printhead , choose Yes and follow the
instructions on the screen. (→P.625)
Move Printer
When transferring the printer to another location, follow the
instructions on the screen. (→P.648)
Clean Platen
After you select Yes, the Carriage is moved and the printer is ready
for Platen cleaning.
Spur Cleaning
Click Yes to clean the spurs. (→P.644)
Printer Parts 55
Control Panel
System Setup
Setting Item
Warning
Description, Instructions
Buzzer
Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for
warnings and three times for errors.
Detect Mismatch
Choose Warning for notication (display of a warning
message) during printing if the paper type specied in
the printer menu does not match the paper type in the
printer driver. Choose None to continue to print without
notication. Choose Pause to have printing paused under
these circumstances. In this case, you can continue printing
by pressing the Online button.
Keep Media Size
Select On to use the paper size setting as the basis for
printing instead of other settings. The margin setting of the
printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the
printer driver if the latter is smaller, which may prevent text or
images in the trailing margin from being printed.
Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead. Even if
the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of
the printer driver, text or images will not be cut off. However,
this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be
equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin
setting of the printer menu.
Paper Size Basis
TrimEdge Reload
56 Printer Parts
Sht Selection
If sheet size detection is activated, choose whether ISO A3+
or 13"x19"(Super B) is applied when an intermediate size is
detected.
Roll Selection 1
If roll size detection is activated, choose whether ISO A3
(297mm) or 300mm Roll is applied when a roll of an
intermediate width is detected.
Roll Selection 2
If roll size detection is activated, choose whether 10in.
(254mm) or JIS B4 (257mm) is applied when a roll of an
intermediate width is detected.
When Automatic is selected, the leading edge will be cut as
needed, taking into account how long the paper has been
loaded without being printed. (However, it is not cut if Cutting
Mode is set to Manual.)
Choose On to cut the leading edge.
Control Panel
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Noz. Check Freq.
Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging.
Choose 1 page to check once per printed page. Choose
10 pages to check once per ten printed pages. Choose
Automatic to have the printer automatically adjust the timing
for checks based on the frequency of nozzle use.
Sleep Timer
Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode.
Length Unit
Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed.
You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the
remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu.
Time Zone
Specify the time zone. Time zone options indicate a main city
in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean
Time.
Date Format
Specify the date format.
Date & Time
Date
Set the current date.
Time
Set the current time.
Language
Specify the language used on the Display Screen .
Contrast Adj.
Adjust the Display Screen contrast level.
Reset PaprSetngs
Restores settings that you have changed with Media
Conguration Tool to the factory default values. If paper
added using the Media Conguration Tool was used for color
calibration, such color calibration can no longer be applied to
any type of paper.
Printer Parts 57
Control Panel
Information
Setting Item
System Info
Version
Description, Instructions
Firm
Displays the printer rmware version.
Boot
Displays the version of the boot ROM.
MIT
Displays the version of the MIT database format.
s/n
Displays the printer’s serial number.
MAC
Displays the MAC address of the printer.
IP
Displays the printer’s IP address.
Error Log
########-####
Displays the most recent error messages (up to
two).
Job Log
(Choose from
information about
the latest three
print jobs.)
58 Printer Parts
Document Name Displays the document name in the last print job.
User Name
Displays the name of the user who sent the print
job.
Page Count
Displays the number of pages in the print job.
Job Status
Displays the results of the print job processed.
Print Start Time
Displays the time when the print job was started.
Print End Time
Displays the time when the print job was nished.
Print Time
Displays the time required to print the job.
Print Size
Displays the paper size in the print job.
Media Type
Displays the paper type in the print job.
Interface
Displays the interface used for the print job.
Ink Consumed
Displays the ink consumption.
Control Panel
Main Menu Settings (During Printing)
Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables.
For instructions on menu operations, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.30)
For details on menu levels and values, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.35)
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Head Cleaning
Specify Printhead cleaning options. (→P.624)
Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign
substances.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved
by Head Cleaning A.
Fine Band Adj.
Displayed during print jobs. For ne-tuning the feed amount.
Information
Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs. (→P.60)
Printer Parts 59
Control Panel
Information
Setting Item
System Info
Version
Description, Instructions
Firm
Displays the printer rmware version.
Boot
Displays the version of the boot ROM.
MIT
Displays the version of the MIT database format.
Ext I/F
Displays the name of interfaces compatible with
the expansion slot.
s/n
Displays the printer’s serial number.
MAC
Displays the MAC address.
IP
Displays the printer’s IP address.
Error Log
######## ####
Displays the most recent error messages (up to
two).
Job Log
(Choose from
Document Name
information
User Name
about the latest
three print jobs.)
Page Count
Displays the document name in the last print job.
60 Printer Parts
Displays the name of the user who sent the print
job.
Displays the number of pages in the print job.
Job Status
Displays the results of the print job processed.
Print Start Time
Displays the time when the print job was started.
Print End Time
Displays the time when the print job was nished.
Print Time
Displays the time required to print the job.
Print Size
Displays the paper size in the print job.
Media Type
Displays the paper type in the print job.
Interface
Displays the interface used for the print job.
Ink Consumed
Displays the ink consumption.
Control Panel
Submenu Display
Press the Information button to display this information, one after another: the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity and remaining ink levels, paper information, and printer information.
Each time you press the Information button, the following submenus are displayed.
Note
• Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode.
• After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print
job is received or if you do not operate the printer.
Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels
The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is shown on the top level of the Display Screen.
The remaining level of each ink is shown on the bottom level of the Display Screen. Ink levels shown on the
Display Screen correspond to the inks identied by the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen.
These symbols may be displayed above the ink level: “!” if ink is low, “×” if no ink is left, and “?” if you have
deactivated ink level detection.
Remaining ink is indicated as follows.
Information of the loaded paper
Here, the paper size, type, and related printer settings are displayed.
Printer information
Displays the rmware version, serial number, MAC address, IP address, and interface information.
Printer Parts 61
Control Panel
Status Print
You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer.
With Status Print, information is printed regarding the printer rmware version, various settings, and the
utilization level of consumables.
Printing Status Print Reports
1.
Load paper.
If using sheets, load paper A4/Letter-sized. You will need at least four sheets.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Test Print, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Status Print, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Checking the information in the Status Print report
The following information is included in the Status Print report.
Canon imagePROGRAF iPF6100 Status Print
Printer model
Firm
Firmware version
Boot
Boot version
MIT
MIT format version
S/N
Printer serial number
MC
Maintenance Cartridge capacity (%)
Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, and B
Ink levels.
The remaining ink is displayed in a ve-level scale.
62 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Media Menu
Information on the loaded paper.
Roll Media Type
Check Remain. Roll
Cut Sheet Type
Adjust Printer
Current printer settings.
Head Adjust
Printhead adjustment value.
Auto Print
A1-F2
Feed Priority
Settings related to paper feeding.
Adjust Length
Calibration
The color calibration setting value.
Execution Log
Date:
Media:
Use Effect Value:
The calibration log.
Indicates the date calibration was performed and the type of paper
used.
This value indicates whether the results of color calibration are used
or not.
Printer Parts 63
Control Panel
Interface Setup
Current network settings.
EOP Timer
Sets the elapsed time between receiving last data and
canceling printing.
TCP/IP
Settings related to TCP/IP .
IP Mode
Protocol
DHCP
BOOTP
RARP
IP Setting
IP Setting values.
IP Address
Subnet
Mask
Default
G/W
NetWare
NetWare settings.
Frame Type
Print Service
AppleTalk
Values that specify whether AppleTalk is active or not.
Ethernet Driver
Ethernet Driver settings.
Auto Detect
Comm.Mode
Ethernet Type
Spanning Tree
MAC Address
64 Printer Parts
Control Panel
System Setup
Warning
Current warning and error settings.
Buzzer
Detect mismatch
Keep Media Size
Current paper-related settings.
Sheet Selection 1
Sheet Selection 2
Roll Selection 1
Roll Selection 2
Nozzle Check
Nozzle-check settings.
Sleep Timer
General printer settings.
Length Unit
Time Zone
Date Format
Language
Contrast Adj.
Information
System information and an error log.
RAM
Ext. Interface
Error Log
Printer Parts 65
Control Panel
Network (RemoteUI)
Current network settings used by RemoteUI.
TCP/IP
Frame Type
Use BOOTP
Use DHCP
Use RARP
Raw Mode Bi-direction
Enable DNS Dynamic
Update
Use Zeroconf Function
IP Address*
Subnet Mask*
Gateway Address*
LPD Printing
IPP Printing
IPP Printer URI
RAW Printing
Raw Port Number
FTP Printing
SMTP Server Address*
Primary DNS Server
Address*
Secondary DNS Server
Address*
DNS Host Name*
DNS Domain Name*
Multicast DNS Service
Name
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
NetWare
Current NetWare settings.
Frame Type
IPX External Network
Number*
Node Number*
Print Service
*: Depending on the NetWare print service settings, information on one of the following four items is printed.
66 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Bindery PServer
File Server
Name*
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > Bindery PServer is
selected.
Print Server
Name*
Print Server
Password*
Polling Interval
RPrinter
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > RPrinter is selected.
Print Server
Name*
Printer Number*
NDS PServer
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > NDS PServer is selected.
Tree Name*
Context name*
Print Server
Name*
Print Server
Password*
Polling Interval
NPrinter
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > NPrinter is selected.
Print Server
Name*
Printer Number*
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
Printer Parts 67
Control Panel
AppleTalk
Current AppleTalk settings.
Phase Type
Name*
Network Number*
Zone*
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
HEAD LOT NUMBER
Printhead lot number.
LOT R,L
PARTS STATUS
Utilization status of replacement parts that require servicing.
COUNTER A-I
COUNTER
Utilization status of the cutter, media, and other items (indicating how
much they have been used).
CUTTER
MEDIA
MEDIA1-7
NAME
TTL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
AFTER INSTALLATION
68 Printer Parts
Optional accessories
Optional accessories
Stand
The printer can be mounted on the following Stand.
• Printer Stand ST-25
Note
• For details on assembling the Stand, refer to the instructions provided with the Stand.
Printer Parts 69
Optional accessories
Roll Holder Set
A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core
Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach
the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores. If you use an A1 (594 mm [23.4 in]) roll or A2 (420 mm [16.5 in])
roll for borderless printing, insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.
• Roll Holder Set RH2-24
• Roll Holder
• Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))
• 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
• Spacer for Borderless Printing
For instructions on installing these parts, see “Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder”. (→P.144)
70 Printer Parts
Optional accessories
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board
An interface board to add an IEEE 1394 (also called "FireWire") port.
• IEEE1394 Expansion Board EB-05
For instructions on installing the IEEE 1394 expansion board, refer to the documentation provided with the
optional IEEE 1394 expansion board.
Printer Parts 71
Printer Specications
Printer Specications
Specications
Important
• This information is subject to change as the printer is updated.
• The following values may vary depending on the operating environment.
Printer
Power supply
Power consumption
100-120 V AC (50/60 Hz), 220-240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
In operation
100 W max.
Sleep mode
100-120 V: 5 W max.
(8 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
220-240 V: 6 W max.
(9 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
Off
1 W max. (*1)
Operating noise
Approx. 49 dB (A) max.
Operating
environment
Temperature
15-30°C (59-86°F)
Humidity
10-80%, non-condensing
Dimensions (W × D
× H)
Printer only
1,177×670×348 mm (46.3 × 26.4 × 13.7 in)
With stand
1,177×861×993 mm (46.3 × 33.9× 39.1 in)
Weight
(not including the
Printhead and Ink
Tank )
Printer only
51 kg (112.4 lb)
With stand
-
Space required for
installation (*2)
Printer only
1,477×1,770×648 mm (58.1 × 80.7 × 25.5 in)
With stand
1,477×1,770×1,294 mm (58.1 × 80.7 × 50.9 in)
Applicable standards
International Energy Star Program, Law on Promoting Green
Purchasing, GPN, RoHS, The Eco Declaration, WEEE, U.S.
presidential directives
*1: The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off. To stop all power consumption,
turn off the printer and unplug the power cord.
*2: Normally, you will need to ensure an unobstructed space of 800 mm (31.5 in) in front of the printer, 300
mm (11.8 in) behind, 150 mm (5.9 in) on both sides, and 300 mm (11.8 in) above the printer. Only
when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, leave 1,300 mm (51.2 in) of unobstructed space in front
of the printer and 700 mm (27.6 in) behind it.
72 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Printing performance
Print method
Bubblejet
Maximum resolution
2400 dpi horizontally (*1) × 1200 dpi vertically
Printhead
PF-03
Number of nozzles
2,560 per color
*1: Prints with a minimum 1/2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets.
Interface
Expansion Board Slots
1
USB 2.0(*1)
Format
Internal port
Mode
Full-speed (12 Mbps), high-speed (480 Mbps), bulk transfer
Connector
Series B (4-pin)
Format
Internal port
Specication
IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T, IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX
/Auto-Negotiation, and IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex
Protocols
IPX/SPX (Netware 4.2, 5.1, 6.0), SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP,
AppleTalk
Format
Optional boards (slot type)
Specication
IEEE 1394-1995, conforms to P1394a Specication ver. 2.0,
half duplex, Data/Strb differential serial
Transfer speed
100/200/400 Mbps
Connector
Conforms to IEEE 1394-1995 (6-pin), no power supply
Ethernet (*3)
IEEE 1394 (*2)
*1: Use in USB 2.0 High Speed mode requires the following environment:
• Computer: USB 2.0 High-Speed-compatible
• Operating system: Windows
Vista/Windows Server 2003/Windows XP/Windows 2000 or Mac OS X ver. 10.3.3
or later
• USB 2.0 driver: Microsoft
USB 2.0 driver (available from Windows Update or the Service Pack.)
• USB cable: Certied
USB 2.0 cable
*2: One IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board can be installed.
*3: In the European Union, use a shielded LAN cable to comply with EN 55022: 1998 +A1: 2000 and
A2: 2003.
Printer Parts 73
Printer Specications
Ink
Ink Tank
Capacity
Y Ink Tank ( Yellow Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101Y (user-replaceable)
PC Ink Tank ( Photo Cyan
Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101PC (user-replaceable)
C Ink Tank ( Cyan Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101C (user-replaceable)
PGY Ink Tank ( Photo Gray Pigment ink
Ink )
PFI-103PGY (user-replaceable)
GY Ink Tank ( Gray Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-103GY (user-replaceable)
BK Ink Tank ( Black Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-103BK (user-replaceable)
PM Ink Tank ( Photo
Magenta Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101PM (user-replaceable)
M Ink Tank ( Magenta Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101M (user-replaceable)
MBK Ink Tank ( Matte Black Pigment ink
Ink , or black ink for matte
paper)
PFI-103MBK (user-replaceable)
R Ink Tank ( Red Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101R (user-replaceable)
G Ink Tank ( Green Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101G (user-replaceable)
B Ink Tank ( Blue Ink )
Pigment ink
PFI-101B (user-replaceable)
130 ml per color (*1)
*1: Printable pages when using the provided Starter Ink Tanks (90 ml per tank)
74 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Paper (*1)
Paper width
Maximum
length per
page
250-610 mm (9.8-24 in)
Sheets
Tray (top)
1,600 mm (63.0 in)
Tray (front)
914 mm (36.0 in)
Rolls
Thickness
Sheets
18 m (19.7 yd.)
Tray (top)
0.08-0.8 mm (0.003-0.031 in)
Tray (front)
0.8-1.5 mm (0.031-0.060 in)
Rolls
Paper size
Print area
Sheets
0.08-0.8 mm (0.003-0.031 in)
Supported
sizes
ISO A1, ISO A2, ISO A2+, ISO A3, ISO A3+, ISO A4, ISO B2,
ISO B3, ISO B4, JIS B2, JIS B3, JIS B4, 22"x34" (ANSI D),
17"x22" (ANSI C), 11"x17" (Ledger), 13"x19" (SuperB), Letter
(8.5"x11"), Legal (8.5"x14"), 24"x36" (ARCH D), 18"x24"
(ARCH C), 12"x18" (ARCH B), 9"x12" (ARCH A), DIN C2,
DIN C3, DIN C4, 20"x24", 18"x22", 14"x17", 12"x16", 10"x12",
10"x15", 8"x10", US Photo 16"x20", Poster 20"x30", 13"x22",
Poster 300x900 mm
Tray (top)
• Width: 203-610 mm (8-24 in)
• Length: 279-1,600 mm (11-63 in)
Tray (front)
• Width: 250-610 mm (8-24 in)
• Length: 350-914 mm (14-36 in)
Rolls
8 inches (203 mm), 10 inches (254 mm), JIS B4 (257 mm),
ISO A3/A4 (297 mm), Banner (300 mm), A3+ (329 mm), 14
inches (356 mm), 16 inches (407 mm), ISO A2/A3 (420 mm),
17 inches (432 mm), JIS B2/B3 (515 mm), ISO A1/A2 (594
mm), 24 inches (610 mm)
Normal size
Printable area
• Sheets ( Top Paper Feed Slot )
Top: 3 mm (0.12 in); bottom: 3 or 23 mm (0.9 in); left and
right sides: 3 mm. (The bottom value varies depending
on the type of paper.)
• Sheets ( Front Paper Feed Slot )
3 mm (0.12 in) on top, 23 mm (0.9 in) on bottom, and 3
mm (0.12 in) on both sides
• Rolls
3 mm (0.12 in) from each side
For information on the recommended print area, see “Print
Area”. (→P.78)
Borderless printing (*2)
Printable area (rolls)
Entire surface
Oversized (*2), (*3)
Printable area
Entire surface
Supported width for borderless printing
10 inches (254 mm), JIS B4 (257 mm), A3+ (329 mm), 14
inches (356 mm), 16 inches (407 mm), ISO A2/A3 (420 mm)
(*4), 17 inches (432 mm), JIS B2/B3 (515 mm), ISO A1/A2
(594 mm) (*4), 24 inches (610 mm)
Printer Parts 75
Printer Specications
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.108)
*2: Printing may not be possible in some cases, depending on the type and size of paper.
*3: Load paper at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 6 mm higher than the size selected in Page Size for roll
paper. Or, load paper at least 6 mm wider and 26 mm (1.0 in) higher for the tray.
*4: Borderless printing requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing.
76 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Basic Environmental Performance
Printer
Power consumption
Resource efciency
Sleep mode
100-120 V: 5 W max.
(8 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
220-240 V: 6 W max.
(9 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
Off
1 W max.
Weight
Printer only: 51 kg (112.4 lb)
Dimensions (W × D × Printer only: 1,177×670×348 mm (46.3 × 26.4 × 13.7 in)
H)
Product safety
Recycling
Recyclable plastic used for printer body
Toxic substances
Structural components: No prohibited brominated ame
retardants used (PBB or PBDE)
Body plastic: No heavy metals (Pb, Hg, Cr[Vl], or Cd) or
halogenated ame retardants used
Operating noise
Approx. 49 dB (A) max.
Packaging materials
Heavy metal content (Pb, Hg, Cr[Vl], and Cd)
None (none in packaging)
Printer Parts 77
Printer Specications
Print Area
A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer. Except in
borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin.
Top Paper
Feed Slot
Sheets
Printable Area
Bottom
Top Edge
Sides
Edge
3/23 mm
3 mm (0.12
3 mm (0.12
(0.12/0.91
in)
in)
in)
Front Paper 3 mm (0.12
Feed Slot
in)
Rolls
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
23 mm (0.91
in)
3 mm (0.12
in)
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
Recommended Print Area
Bottom
Top Edge
Sides
Edge
20 mm (0.79 27 mm (1.06
in)
in)
5 mm (0.20
in)
20 mm (0.79
in)
5 mm (0.20
in)
5 mm (0.20
in)
Sheets
• Printable Area:
Printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot requires a margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides. (A bottom margin
of 23 mm [0.9 in] may sometimes be required.) The bottom margin is 23 mm for some types of paper.
For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
When printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, a margin of 23 mm (0.9 in) on all sides is required.
• Recommended print area:
A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top, 27 mm (1.06 in) on bottom, and 5 mm (0.20 in) on left and right
sides is required.
Note
• Printable area: The area that can be printed.
• Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.
• To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes
the required margin. (→P.277)
• You can choose a bottom margin of 3 mm or 23 mm when printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot.
In the printer driver, choosing Manual in Media Source sets the bottom margin at 23 mm. On the
other hand, choosing Manual (3mm margins) in Media Source sets the bottom margin at 3 mm,
which provides a larger area for printing.
However, the option Manual (3mm margins) is not available with the following paper.
• Fine Art Photo Paper
• Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Paper
• Fine Art Textured Paper
• The types of paper listed above may be updated, in some cases.
For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• If you set the bottom margin at 3 mm, images in the bottom margin may be distorted.
In this case, choose Manual in Media Source to set the bottom margin at 23 mm.
78 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Rolls
• Printable Area:
A margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides is required. During borderless printing, the margin on all sides
is 0 mm. For information on paper compatible with borderless printing, see the Paper Reference
Guide. (→P.108)
• Recommended print area:
A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top, 5 mm (0.20 in) on bottom, and 5 mm (0.20 in) on left and right
sides is required.
Note
• Printable area: The area that can be printed.
• Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.
• To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes
the required margin. (→P.277)
Printer Parts 79
Printing procedure
Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Loading and Printing on Rolls
These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls.
Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing.
Note
• If a sheet is loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot, remove it before this procedure. (→P.146)
• Before printing banners or other long documents, spread a clean cloth or paper on the oor or use the
Output Stacker to prevent the printed surface from becoming dirty from the oor after printing.
• If you will wait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document, you can deactivate
automatic cutting and print a cut line instead. (→P.129)
1.
Turn the printer on. (→P.19)
2.
Select roll paper as the paper source. (→P.115)
80 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
3.
Load a roll on the Roll Holder. (→P.116)
Note
• When switching rolls, rst remove the current roll from the Roll Holder. (→P.118)
4.
Load the roll in the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.119)
Basic Printing Workow 81
Printing procedure
5.
Select the paper type. (→P.124)
6.
Select the paper length. (→P.125)
82 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
7.
Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.93)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.95)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.97)
Important
• Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.
• Papr Size Mismatch (→P.692)
• Papr Type Mismatch (→P.691)
• Paper Mismatch (→P.691)
Basic Printing Workow 83
Printing procedure
8.
Start printing.
• Printing from Windows (→P.88)
• Printing from Mac OS X (→P.89)
• Printing from Mac OS 9 (→P.91)
Note
• Steps 5 and 6 are not required, if a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated
automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. The paper type and amount of paper left are
automatically detected.
• Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading
edge.
When printing quality is most important, we recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or Automatic
so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing.
• For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see Paper Sizes (→P.113) or
the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• Clean the platen after you have used up a roll. (→P.640)
• When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being
advanced.
If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold the Load/Eject button to enable feeding again.
(→P.122)
• When printing on rolls after printing on sheets, if the lit paper selection lamp does not switch from the
Cut Sheet lamp to the Roll Media lamp, press the Feeder Selection button.
84 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot
These are the basic steps for loading sheets in the paper feed slot and then printing from this slot.
Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets in the paper feed slot.
Note
• If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure.
(→P.146)
1.
Turn the printer on. (→P.19)
2.
Complete settings in the printer driver for the type and size of paper and other details.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.93)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.95)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.97)
Basic Printing Workow 85
Printing procedure
3.
Send the print job.
• Printing from Windows (→P.88)
• Printing from Mac OS X (→P.89)
• Printing from Mac OS 9 (→P.91)
4.
Load sheets manually. (→P.156)
(Top Paper Feed Slot)
(Front Paper Feed Slot)
Note
• If you will load a sheet before sending a print job, you must select the type and size of paper in
advance on the printer Display Screen. Follow these steps.
• Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet) (→P.162)
• Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet) (→P.163)
Start printing.
Note
• For details on supported sizes and types of the paper that can be loaded in the tray, see Paper Sizes
(→P.113) or the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
86 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets
The printer supports both rolls and sheets. Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing
applications.
Rolls and Sheets
• Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media.
Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular
sheets.
• Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes.
Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot.
Paper Size
• Page Size: The size of the image to be printed, as specied in the application.
• Paper Size (also called Media Size):
• In the case of sheets, paper size refers to the actual size of the paper loaded in the printer.
• In the case of rolls, paper size is an imagined size set as the printing area for a single page.
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets
Printing Method
Rolls
Large-Format Printing
Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such
as Microsoft Ofce applications. Print banners up to 18 m (19.69 yd)
long.
Borderless Printing
Print without a margin (border) around posters or photos.
Free Layout (Windows)
Print multiple documents from multiple applications (such as
word-processing programs, spreadsheet programs, and so on) next to
each other.
Free Layout (Macintosh)
Banner Printing
Print pages of a multi-page document consecutively without blank space
between pages.
Important
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, be sure to attach the provided Spacer for Borderless
Printing on the Roll Holder. If you print without attaching it, the Platen may be soiled, which may cause
ink to adhere to the unprinted side of the paper. (→P.144)
Basic Printing Workow 87
Printing procedure
Printing from Windows
Print from the application software menu.
Important
• The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows:
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)
• Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)
• Windows Vista
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
2.
After conrming that the printer is selected in the dialog box, click Print or OK to start printing.
Note
• The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the application software. In most cases, the
dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the range of
pages, number of copies, and so on.
Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software
Note
• If another printer is selected, select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog
box displayed after clicking Printer.
Settings for many printing methods (including enlarged or reduced printing, borderless printing, and so on) are
displayed in the printer driver dialog box. There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box, as follows:
• From the application software
(→P.473)
• From the operating system menu
(→P.149)
88 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing from Mac OS X
Print from the application menu after registering the printer.
Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
Registering the printer
Before printing, you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ).
For instructions on registering the printer, see “Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)”.
(→P.573)
Important
• During this setup process, the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected.
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk
protocol before using the printer in an AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk
protocol, see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.574)
Note
• When registering the printer, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, Canon FireWire(iPF) if
connected via IEEE 1394, or AppleTalk, Canon IP(iPF), or Bonjour if connected via a network.
• For Canon IP(iPF) connections, enter the printer’s IP address.
Basic Printing Workow 89
Printing procedure
Printing from the application software
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for
various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless printing, and so on.
90 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing from Mac OS 9
After selecting the printer in Chooser from the Apple menu, print by using menus in the application software.
Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
Selecting the printer
Before printing, you must conrm that the printer is selected in Chooser.
For instructions on selecting the printer, see “Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)”. (→P.573)
Important
• During this setup process, the printer will not be listed in Chooser if it is off or disconnected.
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk
protocol before using the printer in AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol,
see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.574)
Note
• In Chooser, choose GARO Printer Driver.
• In Destination, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, FireWire if connected via IEEE 1394,
or AppleTalk, IP Print, or IP Print (Auto) if connected via network.
• If the printer is connected via AppleTalk, click Active under AppleTalk in the lower-right corner of
the Chooser window.
• If the printer is connected via IP Print, click Registering IP Address under the Destination list to
register the printer’s IP address, and then click IP Print.
Basic Printing Workow 91
Printing procedure
Printing from the application software
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options for the range of pages, number of copies, and so
on. You can also specify enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, and a variety of other print
settings.
2.
Make sure the printer is selected in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
92 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
Important
• Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, select the size of the original as specied in the application.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the L Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
Basic Printing Workow 93
Printing procedure
8.
If you have selected Roll Paper in L Media Source, select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll
Paper Width.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
94 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Basic Printing Workow 95
Printing procedure
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Media Source, make sure the size as selected in
Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size. If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source,
make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
96 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Basic Printing Workow 97
Printing procedure
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source, make sure the width of the loaded roll is
displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
98 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel
Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress when the
printer is online, ofine, or in Menu mode.
Printer operation varies depending on the status when you hold down the Stop button for a second or
more during printing.
• If you press the Stop button before printing starts
Holding down the Stop button for a second or more before printing cancels the print job and brings
the printer online.
When the roll is selected as the paper source, the printer goes online, and when sheet is selected,
the printer goes ofine.
• If you press the Stop button during printing
Holding down the Stop button for a second or more during printing stops printing immediately.
Basic Printing Workow 99
Canceling print jobs
• If you press the Stop button when printing is paused
Holding down the Stop button for a second or more when printing is paused cancels the print job.
100 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows
You can cancel print jobs in the printer window.
1.
Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window.
Note
• You can also display this window by double-clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or
Printers ) folder, accessible through the Windows start menu.
2.
Choose Cancel All Documents in the Printer menu to stop the print processing.
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.
Basic Printing Workow 101
Canceling print jobs
Do the following if no print jobs are shown in the printer window (because they have already been sent to
the printer).
1.
2.
Double-click the taskbar icon to access the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor.
On the Printer Status sheet, click Cancel Job.
102 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X
You can cancel print jobs in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
1.
2.
Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window.
Click Stop Jobs to stop printing.
In this window, you can cancel jobs sent to the printer.
Note
• The print job is displayed on the printer’s screen during the transmission of print data from the
computer. When the transmission is completed, the job is not displayed even during printing.
3.
Click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
Basic Printing Workow 103
Canceling print jobs
4.
Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.
The job sent to the printer is canceled.
Note
• The print job is displayed on the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor window while the printer receives
the print data from the computer. It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer,
even if the computer has started the process of the data.
5.
Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor. In the printer window, click Start Jobs.
Important
• Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart job processing, the next
job cannot be printed.
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.
104 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9
How to cancel print jobs varies depending on whether you are printing in the foreground or background.
Canceling background print jobs
1.
Open the Garo Printer Extra folder, which was installed on the hard disk at the same time
as the printer driver.
2.
3.
Open imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
Choose Pause Printing in the File menu to stop print processing.
The job status changes from Sending to Send.
4.
Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.
5.
Choose Resume Printing in the File menu.
Important
• Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart the print queue, the next
job cannot be printed.
Basic Printing Workow 105
Canceling print jobs
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.
Canceling foreground print jobs
1.
When the progress indicator is displayed, hold down the Command key and press the period
(.) key to cancel print jobs.
2.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing.
106 Basic Printing Workow
Paper
Handling Paper
Paper
Paper
The printer supports the following types of paper.
Paper Type
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
Paper Size
Roll
Sheets
Paper width
203-610 mm (8-24 in)
Outer diameter
Up to 150 mm (6 in)
Inner diameter of paper core
2 or 3 inches
Printing surface
Top (outside)
203 × 279 mm to 610 × 1,600 mm
(8.0 × 11.0 in to 24.0 × 63.0 in)
Note
• Paper quality varies among manufacturers. Before buying paper, contact the Canon dealer where you
purchased the printer.
Handling Paper 107
Paper
Types of Paper
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide . This guide
identies supported plain paper, coated paper, photo paper (such as glossy photo paper), proong paper,
CAD paper, and other types of paper. The Paper Reference Guide identies types and specications of paper,
as well as information on printer driver settings and tips on handling paper.
You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide , on the printer Control Panel, and in the
printer driver by downloading the latest version of the Media Conguration Tool from the imagePROGRAF
website.
Note
• The media types with "†" marked in the product name are those specied as genuine Canon media.
For other media, please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction
manuals supplied with the media.
Viewing the Paper Reference Guide
You can access the Paper Reference Guide as follows. Follow the steps for your particular operating system.
• Windows
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer
model.)
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Paper Reference Guide.
108 Handling Paper
Paper
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
• Mac OS X
1. Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock.
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Paper Reference Guide.
Handling Paper 109
Paper
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
• Mac OS 9
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Paper Reference Guide icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents
the printer model.)
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
110 Handling Paper
Paper
Updating paper information
You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer by downloading the
latest version of the Media Conguration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website. For information about
the Media Conguration Tool, see the Media Conguration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration
Tool Guide (Macintosh).
Follow these steps to access the imagePROGRAF website.
Important
• When you update paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool, the paper type setting on the
Control Panel, in the printer driver, and in related software is updated.
• Windows
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer
model.)
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Stay Informed.
The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.
Handling Paper 111
Paper
• Mac OS X
1. Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock.
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Stay Informed.
The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.
Note
• In Windows, you can also access the imagePROGRAF webpage by clicking the start menu, selecting
Programs > iPFxxxx Media Conguration Tool (here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > iPFxxxx
Media Conguration Tool to start the Media Conguration Tool, and clicking Extra Information.
• On a Macintosh computer, you can also access the imagePROGRAF website from the Finder by
selecting Applications (in Mac OS X or OS 9) > Canon Utilities > iPFxxxx Media Conguration Tool
(here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > MCTxxxx to start the Media Conguration Tool and
then clicking Extra Information.
112 Handling Paper
Paper
Paper Sizes
You can use the following sizes of paper.
Sheets
You can use sheets in the following sizes, up to 610 mm (24 in) wide.
ISO A1
594 × 841 mm (23 × 33 in)
Feeding from
Cassette
No
ISO A2
420 × 594 mm (16.5 × 23 in)
Yes
ISO A2+
432 × 610 mm (17 × 24 in)
No
ISO A3
297 × 420 mm (12 × 17 in)
Yes
ISO A3+
329 × 483 mm (13 × 19 in)
Yes
ISO A4
210 × 297 mm (8 × 12 in)
Yes
ISO B2
500 × 707 mm (20 × 28 in)
No
ISO B3
353 × 500 mm (14 × 20 in)
No
ISO B4
250 × 353 mm (10 × 14 in)
No
JIS B2
515 × 728 mm (20 × 29 in)
No
JIS B3
364 × 515 mm (14 × 20 in)
Yes
JIS B4
257 × 364 mm (10 × 14 in)
Yes
22"x34"(ANSI D)
559 × 864 mm (22 × 34 in)
No
17"x22"(ANSI C)
432 × 559 mm (17 × 22 in)
Yes
11"x17" (Ledger)
279 × 432 mm (11 × 17 in)
Yes
13"x19" (Super B)
330 × 483 mm (13 × 19 in)
Yes
Letter (8.5"x11")
216 × 279 mm (9 × 11 in)
Yes
Legal (8.5"x14")
216 × 356 mm (9 × 14 in)
Yes
24"x36" (ARCH D)
610 × 914 mm (24 × 36 in)
No
18"x24" (ARCH C)
457 × 610 mm (18 × 24 in)
No
12"x18" (ARCH B)
305 × 457 mm (12 × 18 in)
Yes
9"x12" (ARCH A)
229 × 305 mm (9 × 12 in)
No
DIN C2
458 × 648 mm (18 × 26 in)
No
DIN C3
324 × 458 mm (13 × 18 in)
No
DIN C4
229 × 324 mm (9 × 13 in)
No
20"x24"
508 × 610 mm (20 × 24 in)
No
18"x22"
457 × 559 mm (18 × 22 in)
No
14"x17"
355 × 432 mm (14 × 17 in)
Yes
12"x16"
304 × 406 mm (12 × 16 in)
Yes
10"x12"
254 × 305 mm (10 × 12 in)
Yes
10"x15"
254 × 381 mm (10 × 15 in)
Yes
Paper Size
Dimensions
Handling Paper 113
Paper
US Photo 16"x20"
406 × 508 mm (16 × 20 in)
Feeding from
Cassette
Yes
Poster 20"x30"
508 × 762 mm (20 × 30 in)
No
13"x22"
329 × 558 mm (13 × 22 in)
Yes
Poster 300x900mm
300 × 900 mm (12 × 35 in)
No
Custom Media Top Paper
Size
Feed Slot
203 × 279 mm (8 × 11 in) - 610 × 1600 mm (24 × 63 in)
No
203× 520 mm (8× 21 in) - 610 × 914 mm (24 × 36 in)
No
Paper Size
Front Paper
Feed Slot
Dimensions
Rolls
Rolls that meet the following conditions are supported.
• Outer diameter: up to 150 mm (6 in)
• Inner diameter of paper core: 2 or 3 inches
• Printing side out
Identication in Roll Paper Width in
Printer Driver (*1)
24-in. Roll (610mm)
Yes
ISO A1/A2 Roll (594mm)
Yes (*2)
JIS B2/B3 Roll (515mm)
Yes
17-in. Roll (432mm)
Yes
ISO A2/A3 Roll (420mm)
Yes (*2)
16-in. Roll (407mm)
Yes
14-in. Roll (356mm)
Yes
A3+ Roll (329mm)
Yes
300mm Roll (300mm)
No
ISO A3/A4 Roll (297mm)
No
JIS B4 Roll (257mm)
Yes
10-in. Roll (254mm)
Yes
8-in. Roll (203mm)
No
Borderless Printing (*1)
*1: For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper Reference
Guide (→P.108)
*2: Requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing.
Note
• In the printer driver, paper sizes are categorized into groups based on the “size system,” such as ISO A
and JIS. In Windows and Mac OS 9, some size systems are not available by default.
• For details on non-standard Custom Media Size, see “Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes”. (→P.331)
• Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.
114 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Handling rolls
Selecting the Roll as the Paper Source
You can switch the paper source between the roll and the sheet by pressing the Feeder Selection button.
Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between the roll (indicated by the Roll Media
lamp ) and the sheet (indicated by the Cut Sheet lamp ).
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Roll Media lamp (a).
Caution
• Paper jams may occur if you load paper other than the paper specied in the paper settings for the
media source.
Note
• You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:
• If the Message lamp is ashing
Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (→P.687)
• If the Data lamp is ashing
Select the paper source after printing.
• If a printer menu operation is in progress
Select the paper source after the menu operation.
• When in the process of loading paper
Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.
• When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks
Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.
• If the Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.
After you select the roll as the paper source, a message is displayed instructing you to load the roll. At this
point, load the roll. (→P.119)
Note
• If any paper is loaded that will not be used, remove it before loading the roll.
(→P.122)
(→P.164)
Handling Paper 115
Handling rolls
Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder
Note
• For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see Paper Sizes (→P.113) or
the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll.
• If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, use the Paper Cutting operation of the printer to cut the edge of
the paper manually. (→P.129)
• If the paper is badly creased or bent, cut the edge of the roll with scissors before loading the roll in
the printer, and then cut the edge of the paper manually using the Paper Cutting operation of the
printer. (→P.129)
• To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the roll holder and
attach the 3-Inch Paper Core Holder Stopper. (→P.144)
• If you use a roll A2 or larger for Borderless Printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless
Printing on the Roll Holder.
Follow the steps 3 and 4 below.
1.
Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.
2.
With the Roll Holder sideways and the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown, insert
the roll in the Roll Holder from the left. Insert the roll rmly until it touches the ange (a) of
the Roll Holder.
116 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Important
• Always put the Roll Holder sideways when loading rolls. If you accidentally load a roll when the Roll
Holder is upright, it may damage the Roll Holder.
• Set the roll on a table or other at surface so that it does not roll or fall. Rolls are heavy, and dropping
a roll may cause injury.
3.
Insert the Holder Stopper from the left in the Roll Holder as shown, pushing it rmly in until the
ange (a) of the Holder Stopper touches the roll.
Important
• Insert the roll rmly until it touches the Holder Stopper. If it does not touch the stopper, feeding
problems may occur.
Handling Paper 117
Handling rolls
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
1.
Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.
2.
Remove the roll from the Roll Holder.
Important
• After removal, store the roll in the original bag or box, away from high temperature, humidity, and
direct sunlight. If paper is not stored properly, the printing surface may become scratched, which
may affect the printing quality when you use it again.
Note
• How to remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment : (→P.144)
• How to remove the Spacer for Borderless Printing : (→P.144)
118 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit
1.
Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
2.
With the edge of the roll paper facing up toward you, insert the Roll Holder shaft into the guide
grooves (a) of the Roll Holder Slot on both sides. Make sure that the colors of the Roll Holder
shaft ends (b) and the guide grooves match.
Caution
• Be careful not to pinch your ngers between the guide grooves (a) and the Roll Holder shaft
(b) when loading rolls.
Note
• If it is difcult to load rolls from the front, load them from behind the printer.
Handling Paper 119
Handling rolls
3.
Insert the edge of the roll paper into the Paper Feed Slot (a) and feed it manually until you
hear the paper feed tone.
Important
• Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you pull it out. This may affect the printing
quality. We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface.
• If the paper is wrinkled or warped, straighten it out before loading it.
• Load paper straight so it is not fed askew.
The printer now starts advancing the paper.
120 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
4.
Specify the type and length of the paper.
How the printer operates after the paper is fed varies depending on the setting for automatic
detection of the remaining roll paper, as well as the barcode printed on rolls.
Automatic Detection of the
Remaining Roll Paper
On
Off
Barcodes
Printer Operation After the Paper is Fed
Printed
The type and amount of paper left is
automatically detected based on the barcode
printed on the roll.
There is no need to specify the type and length
of the paper.
Not printed
You must specify the type and length of the
paper. A menu for selection of the paper type
and length is automatically shown on the Display
Screen .
(→P.124)
(→P.125)
Printed
You must specify the type of paper.
(→P.124)
Not printed
5.
Close the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
6.
If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, cut the edge of the paper.
1. Press the Online button to bring the printer ofine.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to feed the roll paper to the position for cutting.
3. Select Yes in Paper Cutting on Printer Menu, and then press the OK button. (→P.129)
Handling Paper 121
Handling rolls
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit
Caution
• If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, always follow these steps to
remove rolls. You will be unable to manage the amount of roll paper left if you remove the roll before
the barcode is printed.
Important
• When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being
advanced, and you will be unable to manage the amount of roll paper left.
If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold down the Stop button to enable feeding.
1.
Press the Load/Eject button.
A conrmation message is displayed regarding removal of the roll.
2.
Press the OK button.
The roll can now be removed.
Note
• If you need to cut the roll, select Paper Cutting and cut the roll at the desired position. (→P.129)
• If you have selected Media Menu > Chk Remain.Roll > On in the printer menu and the printed
document has been ejected, a barcode and brief text message are printed on the leading edge of
rolls.
If the document is not cut but kept in the printer, only the text message is printed. This is also the
case when printing on 8-inch rolls or clear lm.
3.
Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
122 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
4.
Using both hands, rotate the Roll Holder toward the back to rewind the roll.
5.
Remove the Roll Holder from the Roll Holder Slot.
6.
Close the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
Handling Paper 123
Handling rolls
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Important
• For best printing results, the printer ne-tunes the feed amount for each type of paper. That’s why the
margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used. If printing results
are not as you expected, adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height.
(→P.589)
(→P.588)
Note
• After you load the roll, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the
Display Screen, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection
of the remaining roll paper. Select the type of paper, and then press the OK button.
If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining
roll paper, specify the roll length after the paper type. (→P.125)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Media Menu, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Roll Media Type, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.
Note
• For details on types of paper, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
124 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)
When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the length as follows.
Note
• When you specify the roll length in the printer menu, Chk Remain.Roll must be set to On. If it is
Off, the Roll Length Set menu is not shown.
• After you load a roll and specify the roll type, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of
the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated
automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. Select the roll length, and then press the OK button.
The printer will automatically go online.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Media Menu, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Roll Length Set, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the length of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.
Specify the roll length as follows.
1. Press ◄ or ► to move the cursor (_) to each eld for entering numbers.
2. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to enter the value.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to nish entering the value, and then press the OK button.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 125
Handling rolls
Feeding Roll Paper Manually
You can bring the printer ofine by pressing the Online button.
When the printer is ofine and roll paper is selected as the paper source, you can advance or retract the
roll by pressing ▲ or ▼.
Press ▲ to retract the roll manually.
Press ▼ to advance the roll manually.
If you hold down the ▲ or ▼ button for less than a second, the roll paper will move about 1 mm (0.039 in).
If you hold down ▲ or ▼ for more than a second, the paper will move until you release the button. Release
the button when the Display Screen indicates End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more.
126 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper
If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, when the roll is ejected, a barcode with text is
printed on the roll paper that identies the type of paper and amount left. If this function is activated and barcodes
are printed on the roll paper, the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected when you load a
roll. The barcode will be cut off after it has been read.
Note
• If the document is not cut but kept in the printer, only the text message is printed. This is also the
case when printing on 8-inch rolls or clear lm.
Important
• If the barcode on the roll is not detected, enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel.
Follow these steps to activate detection of the remaining roll paper.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Media Menu, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Chk Remain.Roll, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the desired setting option, and then press the OK button.
Handling Paper 127
Handling rolls
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically
If the leading edge of a roll is crooked or warped, it may cause an error message or printing problems. In this
case, set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to
make the edge straight after you load a roll.
Trim Edge First offers the following options.
• Automatic
If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll ((a) and (b)) are uneven by 3 mm (0.12 in) or more
when you load the roll, the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge, and
scraps are removed. The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm.
• Off
The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed. This setting is Off for most types of paper, by default.
For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• On
The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll, and scraps are removed. The amount of paper cut
off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type. For more information, see the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
Note
• If you print on paper that has an irregular width, set Skew Check Lv. to Loose for a higher skew
detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when
detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Trim Edge First, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the desired setting option, and then press the OK button.
This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll.
128 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls
How a roll is cut after ejection varies depending on the printer settings.
Cutting Method
Automatic
The roll is automatically cut by the Cutter
Unit following printer driver settings.
Eject
(→P.130)
Menu Settings
Cutting
Mode
Driver Setting
Automatic Auto Cut
Yes
Choose this setting if you prefer not to
have documents dropped immediately after
printing, as when waiting for ink to dry.
To cut the roll using the Cutter Unit , hold
down the Stop button for a second or more.
Eject
Yes
Manual
(→P.131)
Choose this setting when using media that
cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit .
Cut each page from the roll using scissors.
For continuous printing (if you will cut each
page later), in Auto Cut , select Yes , or
select Print Cut Guideline .
(→P.421)
Manual
No Yes
Print Cut
Guideline
Paper
Cutting
(→P.133)
Choose this option if you want to cut pages Paper
by pressing Cutter Unit buttons for manual Cutting
cutting after printing when the printer driver
is congured to Auto Cut > No or Print Cut
Guideline .
Otherwise choose this option if you want to
cut the roll edge after loading a roll.
Yes
No Print
Cut
Guideline
Note
• Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have specied Auto Cut > Yes in the printer driver.
• With Eject, printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the
roll is cut.
Cut rolls manually in the following cases:
Handling Paper 129
Handling rolls
Eject (waiting for ink to dry after printing)
Important
• When cutting wide printed documents after ejection, support the documents. If the paper drops, printed
documents may be damaged.
• Do not lift the paper when holding printed documents before cutting. If the paper rises, it may affect the
printing quality.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Cutting Mode, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Eject, and then press the OK button.
Start printing.
Roll paper is fed to the specied cut position and then automatically stopped.
7.
As you support the printed document to prevent it from dropping, hold down the Stop button
for at least a second to cut the roll.
130 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Manual (when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit )
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Cutting Mode, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Manual, and then press the OK button.
Start printing.
The printer stops advancing the paper after printing.
7.
Press the Online button.
Roll paper is fed to the specied cut position and then automatically stopped.
Handling Paper 131
Handling rolls
8.
Use scissors to cut the roll paper along the cut line.
9.
Press the Online button.
The roll is rewound, and rewinding stops automatically.
132 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Paper Cutting (to have the roll cut at your specied position)
1.
If the printer stops operating after printing, press the Online button. The printer goes ofine.
2.
Press ▲ or ▼ to feed the roll paper to the position for cutting.
3.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Cutting, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
After the roll paper is cut, it is rewound automatically.
Caution
• If paper would be short when cut at a particular position, the roll may automatically be advanced in
some cases before cutting.
Handling Paper 133
Handling rolls
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls
The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to
generate debris when cut. This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage. You can set up
this function to be activated for some types of paper.
When this function is activated, black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents.
Important
• Do not activate the function to reduce cutting dust for paper that wrinkles easily, such as Plain Paper or
lightweight paper. This may impair cutting and cause paper jams.
• Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated. Deactivate this function before
borderless printing.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select CutDustReduct., and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select On, and then press the OK button.
The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated.
134 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls
When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere, if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still
wet, it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges. Also, ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during
ejection, soiling it. You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut.
Windows
1.
Display the printer driver dialog box.
(→P.149)
2.
Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type.
3.
In the Media Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.151)
Handling Paper 135
Handling rolls
Mac OS X
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
In the Media Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Select the Main pane and click C Settings in A Media Type.
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.152)
136 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Mac OS 9
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
In the Media Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Select the Main pane and click D Settings in A Media Type.
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.153)
Note
• By factory default, Drying Time is deactivated ( Off ) for all paper types.
• To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper, set Cutting
Mode to Eject in the printer menu.
(→P.129)
Handling Paper 137
Handling rolls
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper
If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel.
Remove the jammed paper as follows.
Note
• For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed
Slot, see “Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)”. (→P.142)
1.
Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the
loaded roll.
Caution
• When cutting paper, be careful to avoid scratching the printer.
2.
Press Load/Eject button.
138 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
3.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
Handling Paper 139
Handling rolls
• If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot
1. Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper
is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.141), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the
paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
4.
Press OK.
140 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
2.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (→P.147)
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (→P.148)
Handling Paper 141
Handling rolls
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)
Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or
roll paper.
1.
2.
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp.
Press the Load/Eject button.
A screen is displayed for paper type selection.
3.
Select POP Board and press the OK button.
A screen is displayed for paper size selection.
4.
Select the desired size and press the OK button.
Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel, but instead of following
them, follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper.
5.
6.
Open the Top Cover.
Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the
scrap out toward the Platen.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.
If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.
Close the Top Cover.
Turn the printer off. (→P.19)
142 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Roll Holder Set
A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core
Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach
the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores. If you use an A1 (594 mm [23.4 in]) roll or A2 (420 mm [16.5 in])
roll for borderless printing, insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.
• Roll Holder Set RH2-24
• Roll Holder
• Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))
• 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
• Spacer for Borderless Printing
For instructions on installing these parts, see “Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder”. (→P.144)
Handling Paper 143
Handling rolls
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder
Mounting the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder.
Align the triangular part (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment (a) with the triangular groove (c) of the Roll
Holder as shown, and insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment into the Roll Holder.
Removing the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
Spread the tips (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment that protrude by the triangular label (a) of the Roll
Holder as shown, and remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment.
144 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on
the Roll Holder.
Insert the protrusions (b) of the Spacer for Borderless Printing (a) into the holes (c) of the Roll Holder, as
shown.
Important
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, be sure to attach the provided Spacer for Borderless
Printing on the Roll Holder. If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder, an
error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.
Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing
Pull out the Spacer for Borderless Printing from the Roll Holder, as shown.
Handling Paper 145
Handling rolls
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit
The Paper Feed Slot used to feed roll paper is the same as the Paper Feed Slot used for the Top Paper Feed
Slot, so both methods of feeding paper cannot be used at the same time.
Thus, if a roll has been advanced when you wish to print from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed
Slot, change the paper source.
1.
2.
Select sheets as the paper source. (→P.154)
After Remove roll? is displayed, press the OK button.
The roll is rewound automatically.
Similarly, if a sheet is in the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot when you wish to print on a
roll, you will need to remove the sheet from the slot and reinsert the roll paper (which has been rewound)
in the Paper Feed Slot.
1.
2.
Select the roll as the paper source. (→P.115)
After Eject sheet? is displayed, press the OK button.
The sheet is ejected automatically.
146 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Removing the Roll Feed Unit
Important
• Always make sure the printer is off before removing the Roll Feed Unit.
1.
2.
Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.122)
Use a coin or screwdriver to loosen the screws (a) on both sides of the back of the Roll Feed Unit
and remove the unit from the printer.
3.
Hold the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying handles (a) as you remove the Roll Feed Unit from
the printer.
Handling Paper 147
Handling rolls
Installing the Roll Feed Unit
Important
• Always make sure the printer is off before attaching the Roll Feed Unit.
1.
Holding the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying handles (a), insert the two pins of the Roll Feed Unit
(b) into the each hole on the back of the printer (c).
2.
Use a coin or screwdriver to tighten the two screws on the back of the Roll Feed Unit (a)
to secure it to the printer.
148 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the
Operating System Menu (Windows)
1.
2.
Click start > Printers and Faxes (or Printers ).
3.
Click Printing Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box, titled with the
Select the printer, and then display the printer properties dialog box.
name of this printer.
Note
• The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver. (→P.462)
Handling Paper 149
Handling rolls
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu, changes you make to the
settings will apply to all applications you use for printing.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)”. (→P.473)
150 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Calibration Value
You can specify whether to apply the results of calibration performed on the
printer to image processing.
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
Handling Paper 151
Handling rolls
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, specify Yes , No, or Print Cut Guideline .
I Calibration Value
You can specify whether to apply the results of calibration performed on the
printer to image processing.
J Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
152 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. Adjust this setting if paper
is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline .
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
Handling Paper 153
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Selecting the Sheet as the Paper Source
You can switch the paper source between the roll and the sheet by pressing the Feeder Selection button.
Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between the roll (indicated by the Roll Media
lamp ) and the sheet (indicated by the Cut Sheet lamp ).
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp (a).
Caution
• Paper jams may occur if you load paper other than the paper specied in the paper settings for the
media source. If you insert the edge of a roll in the Paper Feed Slot after you have selected sheets as
the type of paper in the media source on the Control Panel and specied the type and size of paper,
the printer will prepare to print on the roll. If you print under these conditions, an error will occur when
the roll is ejected. (→P.699)
Note
• You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:
• If the Message lamp is ashing
Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (→P.687)
• If the Data lamp is ashing
Select the paper source after printing.
• If a printer menu operation is in progress
Select the paper source after the menu operation.
• When in the process of loading paper
Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.
• When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks
Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.
• If the Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.
154 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Select sheets as the paper source, press the Load/Eject button, and load the sheet. If you want to change
the type or size of paper shown on the Control Panel, press the Menu button and change the settings
in the Control Panel menus.
(→P.162)
(→P.163)
Note
• Remove any loaded paper that will not be used. (→P.164)
• If a roll is loaded, the roll paper is automatically ejected.
Handling Paper 155
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Loading Sheets Manually
When using the tray, load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot . (→P.156) However, if you have specied
POP Board, insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot . (→P.158)
Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot
Note
• You can load only one sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot. Do not load more than one sheet at a time.
This may cause paper jams.
•
•
•
•
Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.
Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam. If necessary, straighten the paper and reload it.
Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.
Before feeding paper or printing, make sure the sheet is at against the Paper Tray Cover . The sheet
may jam if it curls before feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front.
• If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (→P.146)
1.
If you send a print job specifying a paper other than POP Board from a computer beforehand,
the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen. Press the Load/Eject button.
Note
• If you will load paper before sending a print job, press the Load/Eject button. After a menu for
selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen, press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of
paper, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the
Display Screen. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the size of paper, and then press the OK button.
2.
Open the Paper Tray Cover (a), and then open the Tray Extension (b).
156 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
3.
Slide the Width Guide (a) to align it with the mark for the size of paper you will load.
4.
Load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot with the printing side face-up.
Insert the paper until its edge touches the far end of the tray lightly.
5.
Move the Width Guide (a) to match the size of paper loaded.
Set the Width Guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked
or wrinkled.
6.
Press the OK button to start feeding the paper.
After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.
If no print job was received beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.
Handling Paper 157
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot
Important
• Before loading heavyweight paper, change the media type setting to POP Board. After POP Board is
selected as the type of paper, you can select Front Paper Feed Slot.
• Always load a POP Board in the Front Paper Feed Slot. Loading it another way may damage the
printer or cause malfunction.
Note
•
•
•
•
•
1.
You can load only one sheet of paper at a time.
Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.
If the paper is warped, straighten it before loading it.
Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.
After loading the paper, you cannot move it laterally to reposition it. Be sure to load the paper straight.
If you send a print job specifying POP Board from a computer beforehand, the type and size of
paper are shown on the Display Screen. Press the Load/Eject button.
Note
• If you will load heavyweight paper before sending a print job, press the Load/Eject button. After a
menu for selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen, press ▲ or ▼ to select POP
Board, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the
Display Screen. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the size of paper, and then press the OK button.
2.
If Leave 70cm (28") space behind printer. is displayed, check the space behind the printer, lift
the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide, and then press the OK button.
Note
• Sufcient space behind the printer is required when loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot. For
details on the space required for installation, see “Specications”. (→P.72)
158 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
3.
Open Upper Cover is displayed. At this point, open the Top Cover.
4.
With the sheet printing-side up, place the leading edge on the Front Tray Guides and insert it
straight into the Front Paper Feed Slot.
Handling Paper 159
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
5.
As you look inside the Top Cover, insert the leading edge of the paper between the Platen and
Paper Retainer (a), keeping it parallel to the Paper Retainer (a), and align the paper with the
Paper Alignment Line (b) of the Front Tray Guides.
Important
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b). This may stain your hands and damage
the printer.
160 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
6.
Close top cover. is displayed. At this point, close the Top Cover and press the OK button.
The paper is held between the Platen and Back Cover as it is fed.
After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.
If no print job has been received from the computer beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.
7.
After printing, the printer will temporarily stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still
in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the Load/Eject button to release the
sheet. After pulling it straight out, press the OK button. (→P.165)
8.
Lift the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide to store them toward the front, and then
press the OK button.
Handling Paper 161
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Note
• After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp, press the Load/Eject
button to display a screen for selection of the paper type.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection
of the paper size. (→P.163)
• If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection
is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Media Menu, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Manual PaperType, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.
Note
• Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper.
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108) Plain Paper is selected by
factory default.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
162 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet)
To change the paper size after paper has been advanced, select the paper size as follows.
Note
• After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp, press the Load/Eject
button to display a screen for selection of the paper type automatically.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection
of the paper size. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the paper size, and then press the OK button. The printer
is now ready to advance the paper.
• If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection
is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Media Menu, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Manual PaperSize, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the size of paper loaded in the printer, and then press the OK button.
Note
• For details on paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 163
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot
Press the Load/Eject button to eject the sheet.
Note
• Paper cannot be ejected by using the Load/Eject button when print jobs are in progress or during the
ink drying period. Before ejecting paper, press the Stop button to cancel printing, print job processing,
or ink drying.
The paper is ejected from the front of the printer.
164 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed
Slot
If you are printing heavyweight paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot, the printer will stop advancing the paper while
the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. In this case, remove the paper as follows.
1.
Press the Load/Eject button.
Note
• If you load paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot but press the Load/Eject button without printing,
the printer will eject the paper and stop advancing it momentarily while the trailing edge is still in
the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the Load/Eject button again when you are
ready to remove the paper.
2.
Pull the sheet straight forward to remove it.
Note
• If you do not remove POP Board by pulling it straight forward, the printed surface may become
scratched.
3.
Press the OK button.
Caution
• After removal, press the OK button. If you do not remove the paper before doing subsequent operations,
the sheet may go back inside the printer, leaving roller marks across the trailing edge of paper.
Handling Paper 165
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray
If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control
Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
1.
Press Load/Eject.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side manually.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
166 Handling Paper
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is
jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.168), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Handling Paper 167
Handling sheets for paper feed slots
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press OK button.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer.
(→P.147)
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again.
(→P.148)
168 Handling Paper
Output Stacker
Output Stacker
Using the Output Stacker
The Output Stacker can be held at two positions, as shown.
• When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker
Use position (1).
• When the Output Stacker is not used
Use position (2).
Important
• When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker, always use it in position (1). If you do not, printed
documents may not be dropped into the Output Stacker, and the printed surface may become soiled.
• The Output Stacker can hold one sheet. When printing multiple pages, remove each sheet after it
is printed.
Handling Paper 169
Output Stacker
Use the Output Stacker in the normal position (a).
However, for some types of media, you can use the stacker in the position for easy removal (b). To switch
the stacker to the position for easy removal, move the Support Rod to the position of (b). This position
enables printed documents to be removed more easily.
For information on the position for easy removal, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
170 Handling Paper
Output Stacker
Output Stacker Precautions
When you print on rolls, you can use the Output Stacker to hold ejected printouts.
When you use the Output Stacker (b), push down Basket Rod #1 fully toward the front, keeping it even on the
left and right so that Basket Rod #2 (a) is not slanted.
The Output Stacker can accommodate one sheet. Remove each sheet before printing if you are printing
a series of documents.
Use the Output Stacker in the normal position (a). However, for some types of media, you can use the
stacker in the extended position (b). This position enables printed documents to be removed more easily.
For information on types of paper you can use with the stacker in the extended position, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
Handling Paper 171
Print quality and color settings
Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Choosing a Paper for Printing
Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you the best printing results.
Media type
The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics.
Note
• For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change
paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. For information about the Media Conguration
Tool, see the Media Conguration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
• An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as specied in the printer
driver does not match the type specied on the printer. Although you can print under these conditions,
the printing results may not be suitable.
If the paper type is not listed for selection
If the type of paper loaded cannot be selected, try specifying glossy paper or proong paper as a special
paper (Special 1 to Special 5, in this order). BK ( Black Ink ) is used as the black ink. Try specifying other
types of paper as Special 6 to Special 10. MBK ( Matte Black Ink ) is used as the black ink. Note that higher
numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to run together.
For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Selecting the Paper Type (Roll) (→P.124)
• Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet) (→P.162)
172 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing
You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level, colors, and other criteria.
Advanced Settings
For printing results that appear just as expected for your original, you can specify which graphic elements and
colors to prioritize for printing.
Note
• Easy Settings are also available, providing convenient presets. To use the presets, simply choose
the printing application.
For details on Easy Settings, refer to the following topics.
•
•
•
•
•
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.177)
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.179)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.181)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.182)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.183)
Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Print Priority (*1)
Description
Image
A setting for posters or other documents made up mainly of photos or images, or for
emphasizing photos or images in printed documents.
Line Drawing/Text
Choose this setting for CAD drawings made up mainly of intricate lines, or wall
newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text. Suitable for emphasizing
detailed text in printed documents.
However, the quality may not be sufcient when printing photos or images that
require a lot of color coverage. In this case, choose “Image” instead.
Ofce Document
Choose this setting for better legibility of documents combining text and graphics,
such as documents and presentation material created with typical ofce applications.
*1: Options suitable for the selected paper type are listed under Print Priority.
Enhanced Printing Options 173
Print quality and color settings
Print Quality
Choose the print quality.
The printing mode is determined by a combination of the print quality and resolution.
Print Quality (*1)
Description
Print Priority
Highest
A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is
most important. Printing takes longer and consumes more
ink than in other modes, but this mode offers superior printing
quality.
Image
High
Choose this setting to print at high resolution when quality is
most important.
Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in
“Standard” or “Draft” modes, but this mode offers exceptional
printing quality.
Image
Line Drawing/Text
Standard
Choose this setting to print at standard resolution when quality Image
and speed are both important.
Line Drawing/Text
Printing takes less time than in “Highest” or “High” mode.
Ofce Document
Draft
Choose this setting to print faster.
Image
Printing in draft mode can help you work more efciently when Line Drawing/Text
checking layouts.
*1: Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Print Quality.
174 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Color Settings
Setting Item
Options
Description
Color Mode (*1)
Color
Monochrome (Photo)
Monochrome
Choose whether to print in color or
monochrome.
(→P.184)
Color Adjustment (Images)
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
Brightness
Contrast
Saturation
Gray Tone Adjustment
You can adjust the levels of cyan,
magenta, and yellow as well as the
brightness, contrast, saturation,
and gray tone separately for
images, graphics, and text
documents.
If you choose Monochrome in
Color Mode only Brightness and
Contrast can be adjusted.
Gray Adjustment
Color Balance
Brightness
Contrast
Highlight
Shadow
Choose the gray tone color balance
( Cool Black or Warm Black )
and adjust levels of brightness,
contrast, highlight, and shadow as
desired.
These levels can be adjusted when
Monochrome (Photo) is selected
in Color Mode .
Color-Matching Modes
Driver Matching Mode
ICC Matching Mode
Off
Choose the color-matching mode.
Other color-matching modes may
be provided by the computer
operating system, such as ICM
and ColorSync.
Color-Matching Method (*2)
Auto
Perceptual
Perceptual (People, Dark Areas)
Saturation
Colorimetric
Others
Choose the color-matching
method. The available options
vary depending on your selection
in “Color-Matching Mode.”
Color Space (*3)
sRGB
Adobe RGB
Choose a standard color space
( sRGB ) or an expanded color
space ( Adobe RGB ).
Color Adjustment (Graphics)
Color Adjustment (Text)
*1: Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Color Mode.
*2: The order of options displayed varies depending on the operating system.
*3: Adobe RGB is not available if an incompatible combination of the paper type and print quality is
selected.
Enhanced Printing Options 175
Print quality and color settings
Enhancing Printing Quality
Setting Item
Description
Thicken Fine Lines (*1)
Choose this option to make ne lines clearer in CAD
drawings or similar documents.
Unidirectional Printing
Choosing unidirectional printing can improve printing
results if lines are printed crooked or images are
uneven. However, it takes more time than regular
printing.
High-Precision Printing
Enables printing at the highest level of quality.
However, this requires more time than usual for
printing.
*1: Displayed in Windows and Mac OS 9.
Note
• To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and
choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.
• For instructions on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing, refer to the following
topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Windows) (→P.190)
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS X) (→P.192)
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS 9) (→P.195)
176 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for photos and images
Print Target
Description
Highest Quality
Setting optimized for printing at the highest level
of quality.
Draft
Setting optimized for high-speed draft printing.
Photo (Photo Studio)
For printing with an effect similar to that produced
by photo studios. In subdued, dark photos,
images of people and dark scenes are printed
attractively.
Photo (Standard)
Setting optimized for printing photographic
images from digital cameras.
Photo (Adobe RGB)
Setting optimized for printing in colors matching
those of images created using the Adobe RGB
color space.
Photo (Monochrome)
Setting optimized for printing monochrome
photos in the neutral black image tone of
conventional lm photographs.
Poster (Photos)
Suitable for printing posters composed mainly of
photographs.
Enhanced Printing Options 177
Print quality and color settings
Print Target
Description
Poster (Text, Illustrations)
Setting optimized for printing vivid, eye-catching
store posters combining images and text.
Scanned Image
Setting optimized for printing scanned images
with accurate color reproduction to match the
original images.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.173)
• For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Photos and Images (Windows) (→P.228)
• Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (→P.230)
178 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for photos and images
Print Target
Description
Highest Quality
Settings optimized for printing at the highest
level of quality.
Photos (High Image Quality)
Setting optimized for printing photographic
images at a higher level of quality.
Photo (from digital camera)
Settings optimized for printing photographic
images from digital cameras.
Photo (Monochrome)
Setting optimized for printing monochrome
photos in the neutral black image tone of
conventional lm photographs.
Adobe RGB Images
Settings optimized for printing in colors matching
those of images created using the Adobe RGB
color space.
Poster (Graphic Image)
Settings optimized for printing posters mainly
composed of photos and images.
POP Ad
Settings optimized for printing vivid, eye-catching
store posters combining images and text.
Enhanced Printing Options 179
Print quality and color settings
Print Target
Description
Scanned Image
Settings optimized for printing scanned images
with accurate color reproduction to match the
original images.
Draft
Settings optimized for high-speed draft printing.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.173)
• For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.179)
180 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for line drawings and text
Print Target
Description
Poster (Notice Announcement)
Settings optimized for printing announcements
such as wall newspapers and other notices with
a large amount of text.
3D CAD, GIS
Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings,
perspective drawings, and maps, including GIS
maps.
CAD (Line Drawing)
Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.173)
For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (→P.215)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (→P.217)
Enhanced Printing Options 181
Print quality and color settings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for line drawings and text
Print Target
Description
Poster (Notice Announcement)
Settings optimized for printing announcements
such as wall newspapers and other notices with
a large amount of text.
3D-CAD/GIS
Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings,
perspective drawings, and maps, including GIS
maps.
CAD (Line Drawing)
Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.173)
For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.182)
182 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for ofce documents
Print Target
Ofce Document
Description
Settings optimized for clear printing of ofce
documents such as handouts.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.173)
For instructions on printing ofce documents, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Printing Ofce Documents (Windows) (→P.222)
• Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS X) (→P.224)
• Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS 9) (→P.226)
Enhanced Printing Options 183
Print quality and color settings
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver
Color settings specied in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings
for each print job, but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver.
Color Mode
Choose how the printer driver processes color, as desired.
The available options vary depending on the color mode.
Description
Color Mode
Color
Color Adjustment
Print in color.
You can adjust the color balance and
color-matching method.
Monochrome (Photo) Grayscale printing optimized for
monochrome photos.
You can adjust the color balance in ways
tailored to monochrome photos.
Monochrome
You can adjust the color balance.
Print in grayscale.
Color Adjustment
You can adjust colors separately for images, graphics, and text documents.
Adjustment Item
Cyan
Magenta
Description
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan
, Magenta , and Yellow .
Yellow
Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping
the darkest and lightest portions intact.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions
relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard
gradation, increase the contrast.
Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from
subdued to vivid.
Gray Tone Adjustment (Gray Tone)
Adjust the grayscale, in a range from cool, blue tones
to warm, red tones.
184 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Matching
You can choose the color-matching mode and method.
By adjusting the color-matching mode and method, you can make printed colors match the colors of
on-screen images more closely.
Matching Mode
Description
Notes
Driver Matching Mode
Color adjustment based on the
original color prole of the printer
driver
This is the default color-matching
method. Normally, use Driver
Matching Mode .
ICC Matching Mode
Color adjustment based on ICC
color proles (an international
standard) using the printer driver
You can select the printer prole in
the Printer Prole Settings list.
Driver ICM Mode
Color adjustment based on the
standard Windows ICM function.
The printer driver adjusts the
colors.
Available when using Windows
2000, Windows XP, or Windows
Server 2003/Windows Vista
Host ICM Mode
Color adjustment based on the
standard Windows ICM function.
Windows adjusts the colors.
ColorSync
Color adjustment based on the
standard Mac OS ColorSync
function. Mac OS adjusts the
colors.
Available when using the Mac OS
Off (No Correction)
No color-matching
Choose this option for
color-matching by the software
application or with your own color
prole, when you want to disable
color-matching by the printer driver.
Enhanced Printing Options 185
Print quality and color settings
Matching Method
Description
Auto
Color-matching optimized for
images, graphics, or text
Perceptual
Color-matching optimized for
photos. Print images with smooth
gradations and colors closer to
those as displayed on the screen.
Perceptual (People, Dark Areas) Color matching optimized for
printing skin tone and dark areas
attractively in subdued, dark
photos. For printing indoor shots
of people or evening scenes
attractively.
Colorimetric
Color-matching with adjustment
to remove color from white area.
Without white adjustment, colors
are added to white area.
Colorimetric (No Wht-pnt Corr)
Color-matching without white
adjustment to reect the prole
of original data. Without white
adjustment, colors are added to
white area.
Saturation
Color-matching optimized for
graphics. This option emphasizes
color saturation.
186 Enhanced Printing Options
Notes
The available options and their
display order varies depending on
your selection in Color-Matching
Mode, as well as the operating
system.
Print quality and color settings
Gray Tone Adjustment
The following settings can be adjusted if “Monochrome (Photo)” is selected in Color Mode.
Gray Adjustment
Description
Items
Color Balance
Enables you to adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos.
Choose cool black (tinged with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged with
red), and so on.
Select the color tone in the color region or from the list.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest
portions intact.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard gradation, increase the contrast.
Highlight
Adjust levels of image highlight areas.
Shadow
Adjust levels of image shadow areas.
Note
• Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing. If monitor colors
are not calibrated correctly, you may not obtain the desired printing results. For instructions on monitor
calibration, refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system.
For instructions on color adjustment, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and
operating system.
• Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows) (→P.198)
• Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (→P.201)
• Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.204)
Enhanced Printing Options 187
Print quality and color settings
Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing
Environment
You can print in the colors that look best when viewed under the light where the printed image will be displayed.
There are two ways to adjust the color tone for the ambient light, as follows.
By selecting color tones on Charts before printing
On the printed Chart, note the number of the set of colors with the desired color tone and enter this number in
the printer driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For instructions on selecting color tones on Charts before printing, refer to the following topic:
• By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows) (→P.604)
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light
Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also
be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
• For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure
Tool.
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For instructions on measuring light levels before printing, refer to the following topic:
• Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light (→P.608)
188 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos in Monochrome
The following settings are available for monochrome printing.
Main
Easy
Settings
Print
Target
Advanced Color
Settings
Mode
Photo
A mode optimized for printing monochrome images with
(Monochrome) maximum expressiveness through simple operations.
Choosing Photo (Monochrome) in Easy Settings applies
image processing to keep color ink use to an absolute
minimum, suppressing color shift and achieving consistent
gray balance.
• Photo (Monochrome) is not available for all types of
paper.
• Printing that matches the pure neutral black of
conventional photos (silver-halide prints) is possible.
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Windows) (→P.236)
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS X) (→P.238)
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS 9) (→P.241)
Monochrome
(Photo)
A mode for printing monochrome images with maximum
expressiveness by specifying detailed settings. In these
settings, you can specify to apply image processing to keep
color ink use to an absolute minimum, suppress color shift,
and achieve consistent gray balance. You can also ne-tune
the color balance by selecting “Warm Black,” “Cool Black”,
and so on.
• Even more detailed adjustment is possible on the Color
Adjustment sheet.
• Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of
paper.
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Windows) (→P.207)
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS X) (→P.209)
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS 9) (→P.212)
Monochrome
Deactivates color printing so that images are printed in
monochrome, with continuous-tone color data printed using
gray midtones. Use this mode to print ofce documents or
graphics in monochrome, or if the paper is not compatible
with the Monochrome (Photo) setting.
• Even more detailed adjustment is possible on the Color
Adjustment sheet.
• If the paper is not compatible with the Monochrome
(Photo) setting, choose Monochrome .
• Because color ink is used to produce gray continuous-tone
images, the gray may appear to have a tinge of color.
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Windows) (→P.207)
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS X) (→P.209)
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS 9) (→P.212)
Enhanced Printing Options 189
Print quality and color settings
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Windows)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to print CAD drawings in monochrome.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
Click Line Drawing/Text in the E Print Priority list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Standard (600dpi) in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
190 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
9.
Click Monochrome in the G Color Mode list.
To adjust the brightness and contrast, click H Color Settings.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”.
(→P.184)
10.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
11.
12.
Conrm the settings of A Page Size, L Media Source, and so on.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 191
Print quality and color settings
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Mac OS X)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to print CAD drawings in monochrome.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
192 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
9.
10.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list.
Click Standard(600dpi) in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
11.
12.
Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list.
To adjust the brightness and contrast, click I Set.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”.
(→P.184)
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 193
Print quality and color settings
14.
15.
Conrm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
194 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Mac OS 9)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to print CAD drawings in monochrome.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 195
Print quality and color settings
8.
9.
10.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Line Drawing in the F Print Priority list.
Click Standard(600dpi) in the G Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the G Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
11.
12.
Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list.
To adjust brightness and contrast, click I Set.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting brightness and contrast, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”.
(→P.184)
13.
Access the Finishing pane.
196 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
14.
15.
Conrm the selection in A Media Source.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 197
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
Click Color in the G Color Mode list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
198 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
7.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
8.
On the Color Adjustment sheet, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
C Cyan
D Magenta
Description
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan ,
Magenta , and Yellow .
E Yellow
9.
F Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while
keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact.
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest
portions relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard
gradation, increase the contrast.
H Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from
subdued to vivid.
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of
monochrome photos. Choose cool black (tinged
with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the
color region or from the list.
Close the Color Settings dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 199
Print quality and color settings
10.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
11.
12.
Conrm the settings of A Page Size, L Media Source, and so on.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
200 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 201
Print quality and color settings
8.
9.
10.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
202 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
11.
On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
C Cyan
D Magenta
Description
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan ,
Magenta , and Yellow .
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while
keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact.
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest
portions relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard
gradation, increase the contrast.
H Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from
subdued to vivid.
I Gray Tone
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of
monochrome photos. Choose cool black (tinged
with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the
color region or from the list.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
14.
15.
Conrm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 203
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
204 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
9.
10.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
Click I Set to display the Color Settingsdialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 205
Print quality and color settings
11.
On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
C Cyan
D Magenta
Description
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan ,
Magenta , and Yellow .
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while
keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact.
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest
portions relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard
gradation, increase the contrast.
H Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from
subdued to vivid.
I Gray Tone
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of
monochrome photos. Choose cool black (tinged
with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the
color region or from the list.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
14.
15.
Conrm the selection in A Media Source.
Access the Finishing pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
206 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Windows)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to
ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
Click Monochrome (Photo) in the G Color Mode list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Note
• Monochrome (Photo) may not be available for all types of paper.
Enhanced Printing Options 207
Print quality and color settings
7.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
8.
9.
10.
On the Gray Adjustment sheet, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
11.
12.
Conrm the settings of A Page Size, L Media Source, and so on.
Close the Color Settings dialog box.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
208 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS X)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to
ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 209
Print quality and color settings
8.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
9.
Click Monochrome (Photo) in the H Color Mode list.
Note
• Monochrome (Photo) may not be available for all types of paper.
10.
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
11.
12.
On the Gray Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
210 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
14.
15.
Conrm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 211
Print quality and color settings
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos
(Mac OS 9)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how to
ne-tune monochrome settings before printing.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
212 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
9.
Click Monochrome (Photo) in the H Color Mode list.
Note
• Monochrome (Photo) may not be available for all types of paper.
10.
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
11.
On the Gray Tone Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 213
Print quality and color settings
12.
Access the Finishing pane.
13.
14.
Conrm the selection in A Media Source.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
214 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
Enhanced Printing Options 215
Print quality and color settings
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this
case, click ISO A3.
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
10.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
216 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 217
Print quality and color settings
8.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
218 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
12.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 219
Print quality and color settings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page Size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
220 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
12.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 221
Print quality and color settings
Printing Ofce Documents (Windows)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing software or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
222 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
Click Manual in the L Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
10.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 223
Print quality and color settings
Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
224 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Sheets in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 225
Print quality and color settings
Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
226 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the F Print Target
list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
12.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 227
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Photo Paper.
In the A Media Type, choose the type of paper used for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated
Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. (See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)
5.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Standard) or Photo (Photo
Studio) in the E Print Target list.
Note
• For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images, see “Printing Photos and
Images (Windows, Mac OS X)”. (→P.177)
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
228 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click 10"x12".
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in.
Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.
10.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 229
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page Size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper Type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper Width: 10 inches (254 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Photo Paper.
Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
230 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
8.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Standard) or Photo (Photo
Studio) in the E Print Target list.
Note
• For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images, see “Printing Photos and
Images (Windows, Mac OS X)”. (→P.177)
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 231
Print quality and color settings
12.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
232 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 233
Print quality and color settings
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Photo Paper.
In the C Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper,
Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (from digital camera) in the
F Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
234 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
11.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 235
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Windows)
This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Original: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Photo Paper.
In the A Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper,
Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. (See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)
236 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
5.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the E Print
Target list.
Caution
• Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click 10"x12".
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in.
Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.
10.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 237
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Original: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
238 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Photo Paper.
In the A Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper,
Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. (See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)
8.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the E Print
Target list.
Caution
• Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Enhanced Printing Options 239
Print quality and color settings
11.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
12.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
240 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print photos in monochrome based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Original: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 241
Print quality and color settings
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Photo Paper.
In the C Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper,
Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. (See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (Monochrome) in the F Print
Target list.
Caution
• Photo (Monochrome) may not be available for all types of paper.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
242 Enhanced Printing Options
Print quality and color settings
11.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the
Main pane to update the printer information.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 243
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Fit Media Size
Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.
For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (→P.269)
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (→P.271)
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.274)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
244 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Fit Roll Paper Width
Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width, as desired.
For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width, refer to the following topics, as appropriate
for your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (→P.261)
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (→P.263)
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (→P.266)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
Enhanced Printing Options 245
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Scaling
Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount, as desired.
For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows) (→P.252)
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X) (→P.254)
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9) (→P.257)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
246 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER, refer to the
following topic.
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows) (→P.248)
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X) (→P.250)
Enhanced Printing Options 247
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Windows)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
2.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.149)
3.
Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER
Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.
Enlargement Copy utility.
4.
Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for the Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.
248 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button, refer to the setting
manual, displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility, or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy Guide .
Enhanced Printing Options 249
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically enlarged according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
To display the GARO ExtraKit dialog box, either double-click the GARO ExtraKit icon after
navigating to Applications - Canon Utilities - imagePROGRAF, or click C Set on the Utility
pane.
2.
In Enlarged Copy Settings, click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for the GARO
ExtraKit utility.
250 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button, refer to the Color
imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy Guide .
Enhanced Printing Options 251
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paperr width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
252 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
9.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
10.
11.
12.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click ISO A4 in the G Media Size list.
Click F Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is
printed in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered
on the Layout sheet.
13.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 253
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS
X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
254 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 255
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click G Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is printed
in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting the J Print Centered
check box.
15.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
256 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS
9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 257
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, ISO
A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
258 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
13.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Enhanced Printing Options 259
Printing enlargements or reductions
15.
Click F Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is printed
in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting F Print Centered on
the Finishing pane.
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
260 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 261
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
9.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Note
• If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the
B Borderless Printing check box.
10.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Note
• After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed. Select the width of
the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK.
• Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll.
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
262 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 263
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
264 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
15.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 265
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll paper width, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
266 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 267
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
13.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
15.
16.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
268 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 269
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
9.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this
case, click ISO A4.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the D Fit Media Size check box.
Click ISO A3 in the G Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
270 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 271
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
272 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Make sure E Fit Media Size is selected.
Click ISO A3 in the I Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 273
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
274 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 275
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
13.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Make sure D Fit Media Size is selected.
Click ISO A3 in the H Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
276 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Printing at full size
Printing on Oversized Paper
Except in borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the
space for a margin. (→P.78) To print documents or images you prepare without a margin at actual size,
use an oversized paper size.
For example, to print a A4-sized original without a margin at A4 size, print it on paper larger than A4 size and
cut away the excess margin.
Note
• If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size, the image
near the edge will not be printed.
Oversize
The margin required by the printer is added around the “outside” of a regular paper size. For example, when
printing a A4-sized original (210×297 mm), you have the following options.
a. Regular paper size: Gray area not printed
b. Page Size
c. Oversized paper size: Print area matches the page size (b)
Important
• When printing on oversize paper, load paper larger than the page size-a size that includes the margin
required by the printer.
• Sheets: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 26 mm (1 in) higher than the page size
• Rolls: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 6 mm (0.24 in) higher than the page size
• Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized
printing. (→P.113)
Enhanced Printing Options 277
Printing at full size
Note
• Oversized printing (selecting Oversize in Page Size ) is only available in Windows. For oversized
printing on sheets, choose Manual as the media source.
• To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer, you must specify a non-standard page size and
print on it.
• To specify a non-standard paper size in oversized printing, register the paper size as a Custom Media
Size. Oversized printing is not available with “Custom Size.” (→P.331)
For instructions on oversized printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and
operating system.
• Printing at Full Size (Windows) (→P.290)
• Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X) (→P.292)
• Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.295)
278 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing
on the Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 279
Printing at full size
Print Image with Actual Size
Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that
exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.
Note
• Not all page sizes are available.
• Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size, the originals are automatically enlarged
when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size. This may
affect image quality. When image quality is most important, make the original 3 mm longer on each side
than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (→P.281)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (→P.283)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.286)
280 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0×304.8
mm (10 × 12 in) -that is, 260.0×310.8 mm (10.2 × 12.2 in)
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
• The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ts inside the
paper area to be printed on.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 281
Printing at full size
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the source application.
In this case, click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
282 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 283
Printing at full size
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
284 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12" - Borderless.
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 285
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
5.
6.
7.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
286 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
8.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
10.
11.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 287
Printing at full size
13.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
Access the Page Setup pane.
288 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
15.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 289
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page Size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
6.
7.
8.
Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the Media Size Options dialog box, select the Oversize check box in Display Series.
Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.
290 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
9.
10.
11.
Click Oversize - ISO A4 in the A Page Size list.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Note
• You can select Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected
Display Series available for printing. These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format
Oversize - xxxxxx.
Enhanced Printing Options 291
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4 - Oversize.
Note
• For oversized printing, choose paper identied by the regular paper name followed by “- Oversize.”
4.
5.
6.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
292 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 293
Printing at full size
12.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4 - Oversize.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
294 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In D Print Area Setting, click G For printing oversizes.
8.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 295
Printing at full size
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
296 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing
on the Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 297
Borderless Printing
Fit Media Size
Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.
Note
• The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm (0.12 in) past the dimensions of the paper on
each side. The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the paper size, refer
to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (→P.321)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (→P.323)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.326)
298 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing
on the Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 299
Borderless Printing
Scale to t Roll Paper Width
Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width.
Note
• You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width
(relative to portrait orientation) matches the roll paper width in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the roll paper width,
refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (→P.312)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (→P.314)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (→P.317)
300 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.108)
• If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing
on the Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 301
Borderless Printing
Print Image with Actual Size
Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that
exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.
Note
• Not all page sizes are available.
• Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size, the originals are automatically enlarged
when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size. This may
affect image quality. When image quality is most important, make the original 3 mm longer on each side
than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (→P.281)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (→P.283)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.286)
302 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0×304.8
mm (10 × 12 in) -that is, 260.0×310.8 mm (10.2 × 12.2 in)
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
• The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ts inside the
paper area to be printed on.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 303
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the source application.
In this case, click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
304 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 305
Borderless Printing
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
306 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12" - Borderless.
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 307
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
5.
6.
7.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
308 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
8.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
10.
11.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 309
Borderless Printing
13.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
Access the Page Setup pane.
310 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
15.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 311
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width, based on the
following example.
If you use n A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll
Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
312 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, make sure E Scale to t Roll Paper Width is selected.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 313
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to t the roll width.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
314 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 315
Borderless Printing
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
15.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the H Borderless Printing check box.
This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged/Reduced
Printing.
16.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
316 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to t the roll width.
4.
5.
6.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Enhanced Printing Options 317
Borderless Printing
7.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
318 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
12.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 319
Borderless Printing
14.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
15.
16.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the G Borderless Printing check box.
This ensures that E Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in C Enlarged/Reduced
Printing.
17.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
320 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 321
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
15.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click D Fit Media Size.
Click Match Page Size in the G Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
322 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 323
Borderless Printing
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
324 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the H Borderless Printing check box.
Click E Fit Media Size under D Enlarged/Reduced Printing.
In I Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 325
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.144)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.
4.
5.
6.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
326 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
7.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 327
Borderless Printing
12.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
328 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
14.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the G Borderless Printing check box.
Click D Fit Media Size under C Enlarged/Reduced Printing.
In H Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 329
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing banners or at other non-standard
sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing)
You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls.
Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to ll the width
of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings.
Fit Roll Paper Width
You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to t the
full width of rolls.
Note
• The maximum supported roll length is 18.0 m or 19.7 yd (when printing in Mac OS X).
For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows) (→P.341)
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X) (→P.345)
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9) (→P.348)
Important
• Before printing, check how much of the roll paper is left. If you have activated automatic detection of the
remaining roll paper, a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left.
• If not much ink is left, prepare replacement ink tanks.
• To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and
choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.
330 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
By specifying the paper size, you can print on non-standard sizes of paper.
There are two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes, as follows.
Registering non-standard paper size in the printer driver
After you register non-standard paper sizes, they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose
them anytime as needed.
Note
• These non-standard paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called Custom Media Size in
Windows and Mac OS 9. In Mac OS X, they are called “Custom Sizes.”
Specifying custom media sizes for temporary use
Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you
exit the application. If you want to set up a non-standard paper size so that it will always be available, we
recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver.
Note
• These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called “Custom Sizes” in Windows.
For instructions on specifying non-standard paper sizes for printing, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows) (→P.332)
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X) (→P.336)
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9) (→P.338)
Enhanced Printing Options 331
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)
This topic describes two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes.
• Printing by using Custom Size (→P.332)
• Printing by using Custom Media Size (→P.334)
Printing by using Custom Size
This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: Square of non-standard dimensions (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Print in the source application menu.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
332 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
7.
8.
9.
10.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click Manual in the L Media Source list.
Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
1. Select mm or inch in Units.
2. Enter “430” [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.
11.
12.
Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 333
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing by using Custom Media Size
This section describes how to print using Custom Media Size based on the following example. First, register
a non-standard paper size called “430 mm Square” as a Custom Media Size.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Print in the source application menu.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
334 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
9.
Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Media Size Options dialog box.
1. Enter a desired paper name in Custom Media Size Name. “430 mm Square” is used in this example.
2. Select mm or inch in Units.
3. Enter “430” [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.
Note
• If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box, after you enter a value in either
Width or Height, the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Click Add to register “430 mm Square.”
Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.
Click Manual in the L Media Source list.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, "430 mm Square."
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 335
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print after registering “Custom Media Size” based on the following example. Here, you
will register a non-standard paper size named “430*430” in “Custom Media Size”.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper
sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
1.
2.
3.
Create the document in the application.
4.
5.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes
dialog box.
6.
In Page Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter “43.00 cm” in Height and
Width.
7.
In Printer Margins, enter “0.3” for the top and side margins and “2.3” for the bottom margin.
Here, measurements are entered in centimeters.
8.
Double-click Untitled in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the
paper name-in this case, “430*430”.
9.
10.
Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click “430*430”, the size
you registered.
11.
12.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
336 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
13.
Access the Main pane.
14.
15.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
16.
Access the Page Setup pane.
17.
18.
19.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
In D Easy Settings, make sure “430*430” is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 337
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print using Custom Media Size based on the following example. Here, you will
register a non-standard paper size named “430*430” in Custom Media Size.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create the document in the application.
5.
Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.
6.
7.
Enter a paper name of your choice in B Custom Name. “430*430” is used in this example.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Select the printer in Chooser.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In F Media Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter “430” in H Hght and G
Wid..
8.
Click J Add to add the paper size named “430*430”.
338 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
9.
10.
Access the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click “430*430”, the size
you registered.
11.
12.
13.
14.
In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.
15.
16.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 339
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
17.
Access the Finishing pane.
18.
19.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
340 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Windows)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word
Page size: Non-standard (100×500 mm [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 in (406.4 mm)
Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.
1. Register a Custom Media Size.
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Media Size. In this example, 100×500
mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
2. In the application, create an original in the size you registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Registering a Custom Media Size
This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in
either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.149)
3.
4.
5.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click O Size Options to display the Media Size Options dialog box.
Enter a desired paper name in Custom Media Size Name. “My Horizontal Banner” is used
in this example.
6.
7.
8.
9.
In Units, click mm.
Under Media Size, enter “100” in Width and “500” in Height.
Click Add to add the paper size of “My Horizontal Banner.”
Click OK to close the Media Size Options dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 341
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
10.
Close the printer driver dialog box.
Note
• You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size. Note that Custom Size settings are not
available after you exit the application.
For more information, see “Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)”. (→P.332)
Creating the banner in the application
Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Custom Media Size you registered.
1.
2.
3.
Start Microsoft Word.
Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box.
Under Paper Size, click the Custom Media Size you registered-"My Horizontal Banner" in this
example.
Important
• If "My Horizontal Banner" is not listed, make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use.
• In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper
sizes, use the custom paper size setting in “Custom” and specify 100×500 mm (3.9×19.7 in)
4.
5.
Set the printing orientation to horizontal
Create the banner.
Printing the banner
Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
342 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you registered, "My Horizontal Banner."
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click POP Ad in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Note
• If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the
B Borderless Printing check box.
Enhanced Printing Options 343
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
9.
10.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 16-in. Roll
(406.4mm), and then click OK.
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Note
• If printing is unsuccessful, you may be able to print after completing the following setting.
1. On the Layout sheet, click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box.
2. In the FineZoom Settings list, click Yes.
344 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner
Page Size: Non-standard (100×500 mm [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.
1. In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.
2. Register a “Custom Page Size.”
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a “Custom Page Size” in Page Setup. In this
example, 100×500 mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper
sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
Register a Custom Page Size
This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable
for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
Create the document in the application.
3.
4.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes
dialog box.
5.
Double-click Untitled in the list at left, and then enter a name for the page size you want
to register. Here, enter “100*500.”
If the Untitled size is not listed at left, click + below the list.
6.
Under Page Size, enter “10” in Width and “50” in Height. Here, measurements are entered
in centimeters.
7.
Specify the margins by entering “0.3” in Printer Margins. Here, too, measurements are entered
in centimeters.
Enhanced Printing Options 345
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
8.
9.
Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click "100*500", the size
you registered.
10.
11.
In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Print the banner
Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Access the Main pane.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
346 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
6.
7.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In C Page Size, make sure "100*500" is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 347
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner
Page size: Non-standard (100×500 mm, [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
The steps to print a vertical or horizontal banner are as follows.
1. In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.
2. Register a Custom Media Size in Media Design.
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Media Size. In this example, 100×500
mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Register a Custom Media Size
This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable
for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
3.
Create the document in the application.
4.
Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.
Select the printer in Chooser.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
348 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Enter a desired paper name in B Custom Name. “My Horizontal Banner” is used in this example.
In C Units, click D mm.
Under F Media Size, enter “100” in G Wid. and “500” in H Hght.
Click J Add to add the paper size of “My Horizontal Banner.”
Access the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, “My Horizontal Banner.”
In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 349
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Print the banner
Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
4.
5.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the F Print Target list.
Access the Finishing pane.
350 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
6.
7.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
In B Page Size, make sure “My Horizontal Banner” is displayed, as registered in Media Design.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 351
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
By arranging originals from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to
each other on single sheets, you can create highly expressive presentation materials, easy-to-understand
meeting materials, and a variety of other printed documents.
Free Layout (Windows)
Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple les-even
multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.
352 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Macintosh)
Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple les-even
multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.
Important
• The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.
For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications, refer to the following topics.
• Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows) (→P.361)
• Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X) (→P.363)
Enhanced Printing Options 353
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously
You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Roll paper (banner)
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows) (→P.365)
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X) (→P.366)
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9) (→P.368)
354 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet
To conserve paper, you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original
and dividing the sheet into areas for each page.
Page Layout
Specify a number of pages of the original to print on a single sheet, in a layout of multiple pages per sheet.
Note
• You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet.
• You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines, as desired.
Important
• This function cannot be combined with the following options.
• Borderless Printing
• Scaling Originals (Windows)
• Banner Printing (Windows)
For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows) (→P.370)
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X) (→P.372)
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9) (→P.375)
Enhanced Printing Options 355
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Posters in Sections
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you
can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer.
Page Layout
Choose poster printing.
For instructions on printing large posters, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Printing Large Posters (Windows) (→P.357)
• Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9) (→P.359)
Note
• This method of poster printing is supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.
356 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Large Posters (Windows)
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can
create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge
an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Poster
Page size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper Type: Glossy Paper
Paper size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click Poster (Graphic Image) in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 357
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case, click
ISO A2.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Click Manual in the L Media Source list.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Click Poster (2 x 2) in the B Page Layout list.
Note
• Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing.
1. Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box.
2. On the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print.
3. Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box.
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
358 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9)
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can
create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge
an A2 original for printing on four sheets of paper based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Poster
Page size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Glossy Paper
Paper size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A2.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 359
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
8.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Poster (Graphic Image) in the F Print
Target list.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Select the I Page Layout check box.
15.
16.
Click Paper Tray Feed in the A Media Source list.
Click Poster (2 x 2) in the I Page Layout list.
In the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of any portion you do not want to print.
Access the Finishing pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
360 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows)
This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
5.
6.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list.
Enhanced Printing Options 361
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
When you attempt to print, the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed. (At this
point, the document will not be printed yet.)
8.
Edit and rearrange the image in the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.
Important
• Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange originals
from multiple applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout
help topic.
9.
Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout Guide .
362 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to use the Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before
printing.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed.
Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout.
Enhanced Printing Options 363
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
4.
Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.
Important
• Without closing the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange
originals from multiple applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free
Layout help topic.
5.
Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.
Note
• For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout Guide .
364 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the L Media Source list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Conrm the print settings and start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 365
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
Click the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
Make your selection in the E Print Target list.
366 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 367
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Make your selection in the F Print Target list.
368 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 369
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows)
This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7×16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
370 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
10.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
11.
12.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Click 4 Pages/Sheet in the B Page Layout list.
Note
• You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page
Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set.
13.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 371
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
Click 4 in the A Pages per Sheet list.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Layout pane.
Note
• You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout
Direction and C Border (or Border ).
372 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
11.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 373
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
13.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
14.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.
15.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
374 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 375
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Select the I Page Layout check box.
Click 4 Pages/Sheet in the I Page Layout list.
Note
• You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in J Layout
Direction and K Page Border.
12.
Access the Finishing pane.
13.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
376 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
14.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
15.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 377
Centering originals
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls
You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you
are reducing the original.
Centering originals relative to roll paper width
If you use originals smaller than the roll paper width, you can center them relative to the width when printing.
Print Centered
Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll, relative to the width.
For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows) (→P.380)
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X) (→P.382)
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9) (→P.385)
378 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you
are reducing the original.
Centering originals on sheets
If you use paper larger than the original size or print originals after reduction, the printed images may be
aligned in the upper-left corner of the paper. In this case, you can center originals on sheets when printing.
Print Centered
Aligns the center of the original with the center of the sheet.
For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows) (→P.388)
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X) (→P.390)
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9) (→P.392)
Enhanced Printing Options 379
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
380 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
10.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
11.
12.
Select the G Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 381
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.00 mm [11.7 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
382 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
10-in. Roll.
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 383
Centering originals
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
Select the J Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
384 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 385
Centering originals
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
386 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
12.
13.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
15.
Select the F Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 387
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows)
This topic describes how to reduce an original 50% for printing centered on a sheet.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper Type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this case,
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the type of document in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
388 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
13.
14.
Select the G Print Centered check box.
Click Match Page Size in the G Media Size list.
Click F Scaling and enter “50.”
Click Manual in the L Media Source list.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Important
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
Enhanced Printing Options 389
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4/Letter
Paper: Sheets
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: Non-standard
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
6.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application software menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
390 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
11.
12.
Select the J Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Important
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
Enhanced Printing Options 391
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4/Letter
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: Non-standard
1.
Choose Page Setup from the source application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
6.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
392 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
8.
Access the Page Setup pane.
9.
Make sure B Page Size shows the original size as specied in Page Setup in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 393
Centering originals
11.
12.
13.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Select the F Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Important
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
394 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.
Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper)
When originals are printed in portrait orientation, the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it ts
within the roll width. This enables you to conserve paper.
Important
• If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation, use this function with Scale to t Roll
Paper Width to print rotated pages.
For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows) (→P.404)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X) (→P.406)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9) (→P.409)
Enhanced Printing Options 395
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins
You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.
No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper)
You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in
originals. This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins.
Important
• Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases.
• Banner printing
• If you have chosen poster as the type of page layout
Note
• Even during borderless printing, you can print without the top and bottom margins.
• Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents,
depending on the layout of images or text in your originals.
For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows) (→P.397)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X) (→P.399)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9) (→P.402)
396 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Windows)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 397
Conserving roll paper
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
9.
10.
11.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper) check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
398 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 399
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
400 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
11.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
13.
Select the K No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 401
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
402 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
11.
12.
Select the H No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 403
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Windows)
This topic describes how to conserve paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3×11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3×11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll paper (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to
conserve paper.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
404 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
9.
10.
Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper) check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 405
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page Size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve
paper.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
406 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 407
Conserving roll paper
11.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
13.
Select the L Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
408 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve
paper.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 409
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
11.
12.
Select the I Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
410 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing CAD Drawings
Using this printer, you can print ne lines and text clearly and sharply. It’s easy to produce highly precise
drawings from CAD applications.
For instructions on CAD printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (→P.412)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (→P.414)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.417)
Enhanced Printing Options 411
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
412 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing CAD Drawings
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this
case, click ISO A3.
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
10.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.441)
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 413
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..
414 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing CAD Drawings
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 415
Printing CAD Drawings
12.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
416 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page Size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 417
Printing CAD Drawings
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set.
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
12.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
418 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Other useful settings
Printing With Watermarks
You can add watermarks (background images) to documents that require special handling.
Watermark
Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document.
Important
• Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout.
The following watermarks are provided:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CONFIDENTIAL (Windows)
COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
DRAFT (Windows and Mac OS 9)
FILE COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
FINAL (Windows)
PRELIMINARY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
PROOF (Windows)
TOP SECRET (Windows and Mac OS 9)
You can also create your own watermarks. Specify the following options to customize your watermark.
• Watermark string: Specify the font, size, color, and so on. Surround the watermark with a frame,
if desired.
• Watermark position: Specify the position on the page, the angle, and so on.
• Watermark printing method: Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the
document image. You can also print the watermark only on the rst page, if desired.
Note
• Watermarks are supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.
• In addition to the provided watermarks, you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows. In Mac
OS 9, you can use up to 50 original watermarks including the watermarks provided.
For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks, refer to the following topics:
• Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows) (→P.436)
• Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9) (→P.438)
Enhanced Printing Options 419
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation
You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing.
Orientation
Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation. When you have an original in landscape
orientation, you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation.
Rotate 180 degrees
The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down.
Mirror
A mirror image of the original is printed.
For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Windows) (→P.429)
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X) (→P.431)
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9) (→P.434)
420 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Using Favorites
You can register print settings as “favorites” to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations,
or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly.
Favorites
Registering a favorite for later use. You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing,
and you can check the settings details.
Note
• You can also save the favorite settings as les. Using these les is a convenient way to print under the
same conditions on another computer. (In Windows and Mac OS 9.)
For instructions on using favorites to print, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Using Favorites (Windows) (→P.448)
• Using Favorites (Mac OS X) (→P.506)
• Using Favorites (Mac OS 9) (→P.529)
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing
Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing.
Note
• It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper, such as adhesive paper. For details on types of
paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
Automatic Cutting
Roll paper is cut automatically after printing. If you prefer, you can print continuously without cutting the
roll, or you can print a cut line.
For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows) (→P.424)
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X) (→P.425)
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9) (→P.427)
Enhanced Printing Options 421
Other useful settings
Printing from Photoshop
You can print images in the Adobe RGB color space that you have created in Photoshop, the Adobe Systems
photo retouching application. Using the dedicated Photoshop printer driver plug-in (provided with the printer)
makes it easy to print Adobe RGB images more attractively.
• Using the Plug-in to Print (→P.422)
• Using the Printer Driver to Print (→P.422)
Using the Plug-in to Print
The imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop is a dedicated plug-in provided with the printer that you can
load in Photoshop and customize for your printing needs. By using the plug-in, you can print while preserving
the 16-bit RGB data from Photoshop without losing the exceptional color gradations of original image. Some
of the settings and customizations available in the plug-in are as follows.
• Automatic detection of the color space (sRGB or Adobe RGB) for automatic selection of the optimal
prole. This feature eliminates the need to complete intricate settings when printing Adobe RGB images.
• Advanced gray adjustment, including adjustment of tone curves, in addition to an array of standard
adjustments for color balance, brightness, contrast, highlight, and shadow.
• Fine-tune color tones in Photoshop while viewing a preview that accurately reproduces printing results.
• With print log management, you can save and load setting parameters from past print jobs.
Note
• imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop for Windows and Macintosh are provided with the printer.
For instructions and details on which versions of Photoshop are compatible with the imagePROGRAF Print
Plug-In for Photoshop, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop Guide (Windows)
• imagePROGRAF Print Plug-In for Photoshop Guide (Macintosh)
Using the Printer Driver to Print
The printer driver offers the following settings and adjustments.
• Choose the standard sRBG color space or Adobe RGB as desired.
• Adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and gray levels.
For instructions on using the printer driver to print Adobe RGB images created in Photoshop, refer to the
following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows) (→P.465)
• Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X) (→P.507)
• Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.531)
422 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals
You can print a variety of source documents from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots
from web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist.
Important
• PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.
Edit Using PosterArtist
PosterArtist offers a wide range of features, including features to insert source documents in posters and
compose an original with them.
Important
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist, refer to the following topic:
• Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows) (→P.463)
Enhanced Printing Options 423
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as
how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.
Note
• Auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function after it is disabled, or to change the setting for printing a
cut line instead.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
6.
To enable automatic cutting, click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer to cut the
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click N Auto Cut to display the Automatic Cutting Settingsdialog box.
paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
7.
8.
Click OK to close the Automatic Cutting Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing.
424 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how
to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.
Note
• The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled, or select the setting for printing a
cut guideline instead.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 425
Other useful settings
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
11.
To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer
Click C Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.
to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
Important
• If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the
printer Control Panel.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
426 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how
to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.
Note
• The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled, or select the setting for printing a
cut guideline instead.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
Make sure Roll Paper is selected in A Media Source.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 427
Other useful settings
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
11.
To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer
Click D Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.
to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
Important
• If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the
printer Control Panel.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
428 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Windows)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0 × 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 429
Other useful settings
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
10.
In H Orientation, click J Landscape.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
430 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0 × 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
8.
9.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 431
Other useful settings
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
432 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Enhanced Printing Options 433
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0 × 297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
434 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
9.
10.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Enhanced Printing Options 435
Other useful settings
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on
(Windows)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents with a watermark (in this case, “FILE COPY”) based on
the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A2 (420.0 × 594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
436 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
10.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
11.
12.
Select the D Watermark check box.
Click FILE COPY in the E Watermarks list.
Note
• To create your own, original watermark, click F Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for
instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.
13.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 437
Other useful settings
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on
(Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents with a watermark (in this case, “FILE COPY”) based on
the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A2 (420.0 × 594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A2.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
438 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) in the F Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 439
Other useful settings
12.
13.
Select the C Watermark check box.
Click FILE COPY in the D Watermarks list.
Note
• To create your own, original watermark, click E Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for
instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.
14.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.517)
15.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
440 Enhanced Printing Options
Windows
Software
Windows
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)
For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows) (→P.473)
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows) (→P.475)
For information on the Windows printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450)
You can specify the media type, color processing, print quality, print preview, and other settings. Choose
Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings
to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.486)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Windows) (→P.491)
Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows) (→P.477)
Color Settings Sheet: Monochrome (Windows) (→P.483)
Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows) (→P.458)
• Page Setup Sheet (Windows) (→P.454)
You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the
orientation, the media size and source, and automatic cutting.
• Media Size Options Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.487)
Software 441
Windows
• Layout Sheet (Windows) (→P.456)
You can specify the page layout, watermarks, the orientation, the number of copies, and print processing
options.
• Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.490)
• Favorites Sheet (Windows) (→P.459)
Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved in a favorite. Favorites you have added
can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired.
• Utility Sheet (Windows) (→P.460)
You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings
for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
• Support Sheet (Windows) (→P.461)
You can view support information and the user’s manual.
• Device Settings Sheet (Windows) (→P.462)
You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version.
imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a
single page as desired before printing. For details, see Free Layout Guide .
Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned
originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .
442 Software
Windows
Conrming Print Settings (Windows)
There are two ways to conrm the print settings, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.443)
• Checking a print preview (→P.444)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, and Layout sheets. By
checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm current settings for the page size,
orientation, media source, layout, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
Top illustrations
Illustrations indicate the orientation, page layout, borderless printing
selection, color mode, and other settings information.
Middle, bordered area
The page size, paper size, and method and percentage of enlargement
or reduction are displayed.
Bottom illustrations
Illustrations indicate the media source, orientation, borderless printing
selection, and other settings information.
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click F View Settings on the Main sheet to
display the View Settings dialog box.
Software 443
Windows
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
When you activate this feature, PageComposer is launched before printing. Conrming how documents will
be printed this way helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows)”. (→P.445)
444 Software
Windows
Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
When you attempt to print, the PageComposer window is displayed. (At this point, the document
will not be printed yet.)
6.
In the PageComposer editing window, select the document to print and open the Print Preview
window.
7.
8.
After conrming that the layout is just as you expected, close the Print Preview window.
In the PageComposer editing window, make sure the document to print is selected. Choose
Print from the File menu.
Software 445
Windows
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Windows)
On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and
congure printer driver settings for the media source and media type.
Note
• To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) ,
click Get Information by Media Type.
Setting Item
A Media Source
446 Software
Description
Shows the Media Source supported by the printer, as well as information
about the loaded paper. To update the Media Source and media type
settings in the printer driver, select the desired Media Source option and
click OK .
Windows
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows)
The Settings Summaries dialog box enables you to conrm the settings for the Main, Page Setup, Layout,
and Favorites sheets.
Button
A Copy
Corresponding Utility
Click to copy the settings information to the
clipboard. You can paste the settings information
into a le created with a text editor or similar
application.
Software 447
Windows
Using Favorites (Windows)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
6.
Click H Add to display the Add dialog box.
7.
Click OK to close the Add dialog box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Complete the print settings.
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• Choose a tting icon for these print settings in the Icon list.
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added, as desired.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites.
Note
• To save a favorite as a le, click J Export and specify the le to save.
448 Software
Windows
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Favorites, choose the favorite you registered.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Note
• To import a favorite, click I Import and specify the favorite le.
5.
6.
Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Software 449
Windows
Main Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Main sheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Note
• On the Main sheet, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target, or
switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows media types
and sizes by media source, as specied on the printer. When you select a
media source, your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the
media source, media type, and roll width.
C Preferences
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Target
F View Settings
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.177)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.181)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.183)
Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may
not be available.
Click to display the View Settings dialog box, which enables you to conrm
the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in E Print Target .
L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to preview the print image before printing.
Job Starts
450 Software
Conrming the Print Image Before Printing (→P.485)
Windows
Setting Item
Description
M Status Monitor
Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor , which enables you to conrm
the status of the printer and print jobs.
You can also set up email notication if printer errors occur by completing
the Email Notice settings.
For details, refer to the Status Monitor help.
N About
Click to conrm version information for the printer driver.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Software 451
Windows
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows media types
and sizes by media source, as specied on the printer. When you select a
media source, your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the
media source, media type, and roll width.
C Preferences
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
F Print Quality
Choose the level of print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
G Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
The available Color Mode options vary depending on the Media Type
setting.
H Color Settings
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color
settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.184)
I Thicken Fine Lines
Activate this option to print ne lines more distinctly.
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent misaligned
lines and ensure better results.
K High-Precision Printing
Select this option for printing at the highest level of quality. However, this
will take more time than regular printing.
L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to preview the print image before printing.
Job Starts
452 Software
Conrming the Print Image Before Printing (→P.485)
Windows
Setting Item
Description
M Status Monitor
Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor , which enables you to
conrm the status of the printer and print jobs.
You can also set up email notication if printer errors occur by completing
the Email Notice settings.
For details, refer to the Status Monitor help.
N About
Click to conrm version information for the printer driver.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Software 453
Windows
Page Setup Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Page Setupsheet. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Page Size
Select the page size as specied in the source application.
For details on available page sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
B Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the L Media
Source list. Choose from the following options when this setting is
activated.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.297)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.299)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.279)
D Fit Media Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Scale to t Roll Paper
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
Width
F Print Image with Actual Prints documents at their actual size. This function is available, when you
Size
have selected the size same as the width of Roll Paper for either length
or width of the document from the A Page Size list.
G Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list.
Available when Fit Media
Size is selected.
C Enlarged/Reduced Printing
454 Software
Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.244)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.245)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.246)
D Fit Media Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Fit Roll Paper Width
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
F Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value. Enter a
value in a range of “5-600.”
G Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
Windows
Setting Item
Description
H Orientation
Choose the printing orientation.
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (→P.420)
K Rotate Page 90 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before
printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.395)
(Conserve Paper)
L Media Source
Choose how paper is supplied.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in Media
Type in the Main sheet.
M Roll Paper Width
Choose the roll width.
For details on available roll widths, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
N Auto Cut
You can activate or deactivate automatic cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. Click to display the Automatic Cutting Settings dialog box.
Under A Automatic Cutting , you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut
Guideline .
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (→P.421)
O Size Options
Click to display the Media Size Options dialog box, which enables you to
register additional paper sizes or select the size system for use.
S Defaults
Restores all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Software 455
Windows
Layout Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Layoutsheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
A Page Layout
C Set
D Watermark
Description
Activate this setting to select a particular page layout.
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (→P.355)
Printing Posters in Sections (→P.356)
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (→P.352)
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (→P.423)
Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection in
A Page Layout . In these dialog boxes, you can specify layout details and
which pages to print, as well as other settings.
• Page Layout Printing
• Pages to Print
• Free Layout Settings
Activating this option makes two settings available, E Watermarks and F
Edit Watermark .
Printing With Watermarks (→P.419)
E Watermarks
Lists the provided watermarks. Choose the watermark to print.
F Edit Watermark
Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own, original
watermark.
G Print Centered
Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.378)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.379)
H Rotate 180 degrees
Activate this option to rotate document images by 180 degrees before printing.
I No Spaces at Top or
Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and
below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins
(→P.396)
Bottom (Conserve Paper)
J Copies
456 Software
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
Reverse Order
Activate this option to print pages in reverse order.
Collate
Activate this option to print complete sets in the specied quantity.
Windows
Setting Item
Description
M Special Settings
If the printing results are not as you expected, click this option to change how
printing is processed.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Software 457
Windows
Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment sheet.
Gray Adjustment
On the Gray Adjustment sheet, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image
qualities.
Note
• To display the Gray Adjustment sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , select Monochrome
(Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.
• Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.
Setting Item
Description
A Sample
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the sheet, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Sample List
Select a sample image, as desired.
C Color Balance
Click the list to select a color balance that suits the printing application.
DX
Adjust the color balance as you check the color tone in the adjustment area.
You can adjust the square area in the center by clicking or dragging it.
Drag the vertical or horizontal scroll bars for adjustment, as desired.
You can click the arrows by the X (horizontal) and Y (vertical) boxes or enter
the values directly.
EY
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image
(that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it
appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other,
as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and reducing
the Contrast softens images.
H Highlight
Adjust the brightness of the lightest portion.
I Shadow
Adjust the brightness of the darkest portion.
K Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
458 Software
Windows
Favorites Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Favoritessheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Favorites
Printing favorites you have created are listed with Default Settings
favorites.
Using Favorites (→P.421)
B Settings Details
Displays details of the favorite selected in the A Favorites .
C Comment
Displays notes registered in the favorite.
D Apply Favorite
Click to change the current print settings to those of the favorite
selected in the A Favorites .
E Application Settings Priority
Activate this setting to use settings values specied in the source
application in preference to favorite settings selected in the A
Favorites , when clicking D Apply Favorite . For details on the
settings items used in preference, refer to the printer driver help.
F Delete
Click to delete the selected favorite settings from the A Favorites .
G Edit
Click to display the Edit dialog box, which enables you to change the
name and icon for the favorite settings selected in the Favorites .
H Add
Click to display the Add dialog box, which enables you to add the
current print settings as a favorite.
I Import
Click to display the Open dialog box, which enables you to import
favorite settings saved as a le.
J Export
Click to display the Save As dialog box, which enables you to save the
favorite settings as a le.
Software 459
Windows
Utility Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Utilitysheet. For details on the utilities, refer to the relevant
utility help.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Maintenance
Click to start the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor
, which offers the following maintenance for the
printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) check
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy
Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy (*1) (iR enlargement copy), which enables
you to create hot folders used for Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign
print settings to hot folders.
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER (Windows) (→P.248)
*1: For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .
460 Software
Windows
Support Sheet (Windows)
On the Support sheet, you can view support information and the user’s manual.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Support Information
Click to access the Canon support webpage,
where you can nd the latest information on the
printer and consumables, check for printer driver
updates, and browse other information.
B User Manual
Click to view the printer user’s manual. This
function requires the user’s manual to be installed
on your computer.
C Settings Summaries
Click to display the View Settings dialog box,
which enables you to conrm the settings for the
Main , Page Setup , Layout , and Favorites
sheets.
Software 461
Windows
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)
Many settings items on the printer properties sheets are controlled by Windows applications. However, the
Device Settings sheet is for conguring the printer, and it is an extension of the printer driver.
The following settings are available on the Device Settings sheet.
Setting Item
A About
462 Software
Description
You can display version information for the printer
driver.
Windows
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows)
This topic describes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications, creating a poster
layout for printing.
Important
• PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
5.
6.
7.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list.
When you attempt to print, PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed. (At
this point, the document will not be printed yet.)
8.
Choose the page to load in PosterArtist.
Software 463
Windows
9.
Edit and rearrange the image in the PosterArtist window as desired.
Important
• Without closing the PosterArtist window, repeat steps 1-8 to arrange originals from multiple
applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the PosterArtist Manual.
10.
Print from the PosterArtist menu.
464 Software
Windows
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows)
This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop
Page Size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll Paper Width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Important
• In Photoshop, select no color-matching.
• In the printer driver settings, select Driver Matching Mode and choose Adobe RGB in Color Space.
1.
In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.
Note
• The following procedures are based on the example of Photoshop CS2.
• For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Choose Print with Preview from the File menu to display the Print dialog box.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Make sure the setting mode is Color Management.
In the Color Handling list in Options, click No Color Management.
Click Print to display the Print dialog box.
Select the printer and click Properties to display the printer driver dialog box.
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Photo Paper.
Software 465
Windows
9.
10.
11.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Image in the E Print Priority list.
Select the print quality in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Click Color in the G Color Mode list.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.
In Matching Mode, click Driver Matching Mode.
In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
466 Software
Windows
19.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the source application.
In this case, click 10"x12".
20.
21.
Click Roll Paper in the L Media Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in. Roll
(254.0mm), and then click OK.
22.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Software 467
Windows
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor : “Printer List” shows a list of printers, and
“Status Monitor” shows details for each printer.
• You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer, printers
connected to your computer, and printers found on the network.
• Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
• If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
• Images of Ink Tanks are shown, with different images for various types of ink. An icon and warning
message will notify you when ink levels are low.
• The type of paper loaded in each media source is identied. You can also check to see if paper has
run out.
• This way, the utility enables you to check printer information and take care of printer maintenance
for optimal printing results.
• You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.
468 Software
Windows
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and
your computer by completing relevant settings. After the printer is installed, for example, you can use
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially.
• Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network. In this
list, select the printer (specically, the printer’s MAC address) that you want to set up, and then congure
the basic settings from your computer, such as the printer’s IP address and the network frame type.
• You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list. Communication
between your computer and these printers is possible.
Note
• We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
• For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help.
Software 469
Windows
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer
as follows:
Important
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights equivalent to the “Administrator” account.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.
On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.
Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.
470 Software
Windows
Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility
From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the
printer to congure the printer’s IP address. This topic describes how to congure the IP address using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.470)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.
In the list of printers, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Note
• To congure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select
DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.
Software 471
Windows
Digital Photo Front-Access
Digital Photo Front-Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image
les on your computer with various other applications.
• Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application.
• You can also print from Digital Photo Front-Access. In short, Digital Photo Front-Access can help you
manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications.
• Digital Photo Front-Access also enables image retouching. For automatic retouching, select an image
for retouching and click Image Adjustment.
• Because this application automates the workow from retouching to display for all of your images, it
can save time and work in retouching.
Note
• For details, refer to the Digital Photo Front-Access help.
472 Software
Windows
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Windows)
1.
2.
Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.
Select the printer, and then display the printer driver dialog box.
Note
• The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application. In some
cases, when you select the printer, a sheet for conguring the printer driver is added to the dialog box.
In the following case, click Preferences.
■Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Note
• The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application, and sheets other than these
six sheets may be displayed.
Software 473
Windows
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application, changes you make to the settings
will only apply temporarily to that application. Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the
printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you exit the application.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)”. (→P.149)
474 Software
Windows
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the
Operating System Menu (Windows)
1.
2.
Click start > Printers and Faxes (or Printers ).
3.
Click Printing Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box, titled with the
Select the printer, and then display the printer properties dialog box.
name of this printer.
Note
• The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver. (→P.462)
Software 475
Windows
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu, changes you make to the
settings will apply to all applications you use for printing.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)”. (→P.473)
476 Software
Windows
Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows)
In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them.
However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.
Color Adjustment : color
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click Color Settings
by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the sheet, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue), Warm Black (tinged with red), and so on.
Software 477
Windows
Setting Item
Description
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
478 Software
Windows
Matching sheet: Driver Matching Mode
On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance of
colors on various devices. The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in
the Matching Mode list.
Note
• To display the Matching sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click Color Settings by Color
Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click the Matching sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
Normally, select Driver Matching Mode . For color matching based on
ICC proles, select ICC Matching Mode , Driver ICM Mode , or Host ICM
Mode , depending on your color matching system. If you don’t want color
matching using the printer driver, select Off .
B Matching Method
Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed.
Various Matching Method options are available depending on your
selection in Matching .
C Color Space
Select the applicable color space as desired.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Software 479
Windows
Matching sheet: ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM Mode, and Host
ICM Mode
On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance of
colors on various devices. The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode, Driver
ICM Mode, or Host ICM Mode on the Matching Mode sheet.
Note
• To display the Matching sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click Color Settings by Color
Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click the Matching sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Input Prole Settings
You can select Image , Graphics , or Text . You can choose Matching
Method and Input Prole .
Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode .
To apply the same input prole automatically for Graphics and Text , select
Use the Same Prole for All Objects . To apply separate input proles
to Graphics and Text , clear Use the Same Prole for All Objects and
specify the individual settings.
C Printer Prole Settings
Specify the printer prole as desired. Normally, select Auto Settings .
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
480 Software
Windows
Matching sheet: Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos)
On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of
colors on various devices. The following options are available when you select Ambient Light Matching
Mode (Kyuanos) in the Matching Mode list.
When you select By selecting a chart number in Setting Method
When you select By entering values directly in Setting Method
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
Here, select Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) .
B Matching Method
Select the matching method.
C Setting Method
You can choose conguration based on printed Charts or based on using
the Eye-One spectrophotometer.
D Print Chart
Click to start the Light Source Check Tool , for printing Charts . The
Light Source Check Tool must be installed to use this function.
Software 481
Windows
Setting Item
Description
E Chart Number
In Chart , select the number of the pattern with your desired colors.
F Lighting Source Type
Select the light source measured using the Eye-One spectrophotometer.
G Color Temperature
Select the value measured using the Eye-One spectrophotometer.
Light Source Check Tool
The Light Source Check Tool enables you to print Chart.
Setting Item
Description
A Printer
The printer name is displayed here.
B Media Type
Select the type of paper, as desired. For information on the types of paper
compatible with Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) , refer to the
Paper Reference Guide . (→P.108)
C Media Source
Choose the media source, as desired.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in Media Type
in the Main sheet.
D Print
Click to print the Chart .
482 Software
Windows
Color Settings Sheet: Monochrome (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Color Settings sheet for monochrome printing.
Color Adjustment : monochrome
On the Color Adjustment sheet for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment sheet, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click Color Settings
by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the sheet, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Not available.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Not available.
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Not available.
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Software 483
Windows
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
484 Software
Windows
Conrming the Print Image Before Printing
The preview screen displayed before printing enables you to see the original image just as it will be printed.
Conrming the image of print jobs helps prevent printing errors.
For instructions on previewing print jobs, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows) (→P.445)
• Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X) (→P.497)
• Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9) (→P.520)
Software 485
Windows
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Calibration Value
You can specify whether to apply the results of calibration performed on the
printer to image processing.
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
486 Software
Windows
Media Size Options Dialog Box (Windows)
In the Media Size Options dialog box, you can create and register your own Custom Media Size. The sizes
you dene are listed with standard media sizes for selection later as needed.
Note
• To display the Media Size Options dialog box, on the Page Setup Sheet (Windows) (→P.454) , click
Media Size Options.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Size List
Shows the names and sizes of paper that can be used with the printer
driver.
B Delete
Custom media sizes created by users can be deleted from the Media Size
List , as needed.
However, they cannot be deleted in the following situations.
• If a standard media size of the printer driver is selected.
• If an oversized media size is selected.
• If a media size in a red box is selected.
C Custom Media Size Name
You can name Custom Media Size as desired.
D Units
Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custom Media Size height
and width.
E Media Size
Specify the desired Width and Height . You can make your selection
from sizes that are compatible with Borderless Printing by selecting
Borderless Printing Size . To maintain the aspect ratio of the Width
and Height as you resize the paper, select Fix the Ratio of the Width
to Height .
F Add
Enables you to register the custom media size you have specied or
overwrite an existing custom media size.
G Display Series
You can limit the number of options shown in Page Size , Media Size ,
and Media Size List .
Software 487
Windows
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Windows)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
2.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.149)
3.
Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER
Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.
Enlargement Copy utility.
4.
Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for the Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.
488 Software
Windows
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button, refer to the setting
manual, displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility, or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy Guide .
Software 489
Windows
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)
If the printing results are not as you expected, you can change how printing is processed in the Special
Settings dialog box.
Note
• To display the Special Settings dialog box, on the Layout Sheet (Windows) (→P.456) , click Special
Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A FineZoom Settings
This function is used in large-format printing. Normally, choose Auto . If
documents are not printed correctly on large-format media, it may help to
select Yes , and if ne lines are not visible or if images are distorted when
printed, it may help to select No .
B Fast Graphic Process
If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed
in varying thicknesses, clearing this option may help produce the expected
results.
C Application Color
You can give applications priority in color management.
Matching Priority
490 Software
Windows
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Windows)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.450) , click View Settings
by Print Target.
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each listed item for the
selected Print Target .
Software 491
Mac OS X
Mac OS X
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)
For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X) (→P.511)
For information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499)
You can specify the media type, color processing, print quality, print preview, and other settings. Choose
Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings
to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X) (→P.515)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS X) (→P.516)
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X) (→P.512)
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X) (→P.514)
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.504)
• Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.501)
You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the
orientation, the media size and source, and automatic cutting.
• Utility Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.503)
You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings
for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
• Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.505)
You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer.
• Support Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.506)
You can view support information and the user’s manual.
With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature, you can arrange originals from various source applications
on a single page before printing. For details, see the Free Layout Guide .
With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature, you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or size
settings while viewing a preview screen. For details, see the imagePROGRAF Preview Guide .
With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature, you can automatically enlarge and print scanned
originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .
492 Software
Mac OS X
Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)
There are two ways to conrm what printing conditions have been specied, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.493)
• Checking a print preview (→P.494)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Utility, and Additional
Settings panes. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm current settings
for the page size, orientation, media source, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
Pane displayed when the Images tab is
clicked
On top, illustrations indicate the page size of the original, the
paper size, orientation, layout, borderless printing selection,
color mode, and other settings information.
Under this, the page size, paper size, and method and
percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed.
Pane displayed when the Size tab is
clicked
Paper size details are indicated numerically.
Pane with printer and paper illustrations
Illustrations indicate the media source, orientation, borderless
printing selection, and other settings information.
Software 493
Mac OS X
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click F View set. on the Main pane to display
the View settings dialog box.
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
Conrming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X)”. (→P.497)
494 Software
Mac OS X
Checking the Layout Before Printing
You can check the print layout on the preview screen. While viewing this screen, you can also adjust layout or
size settings, and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen.
Preview (Macintosh)
Important
• The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.
For instructions on how to check the layout before printing, refer to the following topics:
• Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X) (→P.496)
Software 495
Mac OS X
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed.
4.
5.
Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired.
Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview.
Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, refer to imagePROGRAF Preview Guide .
496 Software
Mac OS X
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Click Preview to open the preview window.
Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print to start printing.
Note
• “Preview” is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS
documentation.
Software 497
Mac OS X
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Mac OS X)
On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and
congure printer driver media type setting.
Note
• To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) ,
click Get Information by Media Type.
Setting Item
A Media Source
498 Software
Description
Shows the Media Source supported by the printer, as well as the type of
paper loaded. To update the media type setting in the printer driver, select
the desired Media Source option and click OK .
Mac OS X
Main Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Main pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Note
• On the Main pane, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target, or
switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows media types
specied on the printer for each media source. When you select a media
source, your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media
source and media type.
C Set
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Target
F View set.
L Printer Information
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.177)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.181)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.183)
Click to display the View settings dialog box, which enables you to conrm
the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in E Print Target .
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which indicates the ink levels and
gives other information about the printer.
Software 499
Mac OS X
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows media types
specied on the printer for each media source. When you select a media
source, your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media
source and media type.
C Set
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
F Print Quality
Choose the level of print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
H Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
I Set
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color
settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.184)
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent misaligned
lines and ensure better results.
K High-Precision Printing
Select this option for printing at the highest level of quality. However, this
will take more time than regular printing.
L Printer Information
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which indicates the ink levels and
gives other information about the printer.
500 Software
Mac OS X
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Source
Choose how paper is supplied.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in A Media
Type in the Main pane.
B Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer. Unknown is
displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width.
C Page Size
Displays the size of the original, as specied in the page settings of the
application.
For details on page sizes available in the application.see “Paper Sizes”.
(→P.113)
D Enlarged/Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.244)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.245)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.246)
E Fit Media Size
Resizes the document image to match the paper size.
F Fit Roll Paper Width
Resizes the document image to match the roll width.
G Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value. Enter a
value in a range of “5-600.”
H Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the A Media
Source list.
Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width
of the paper.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.297)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.299)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.279)
I Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
Click Display all selections for Media Size to list available sizes.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
Software 501
Mac OS X
Setting Item
J Print Centered
Description
Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.378)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.379)
K No Spaces at Top or Bottom Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above
and below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve
the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom
Margins (→P.396)
L Rotate Page 90 degrees
502 Software
Activate this setting to rotate the original 90 degrees before printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.395)
Mac OS X
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Utilitypane.
Setting Item
Description
A Set
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which offers the following
maintenance for the printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
B View
Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor , which enables you to view
the status of print jobs.
C Set
Click to complete the settings for Auto Arrange or Color imageRUNNER
Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy).
*1: For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide .
Software 503
Mac OS X
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment pane.
Gray Adjustment
On the Gray Adjustment pane, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image
qualities.
Note
• To display the Gray Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , select Monochrome
(Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.
• Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.
Setting Item
Description
A Sample
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the sheet, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Sample List
Select a sample image, as desired.
C Color Balance
Click the list to select a color balance that suits the printing application.
DX
Adjust the color balance as you check the color tone in the adjustment area.
You can adjust the square area in the center by clicking or dragging it.
Drag the vertical or horizontal scroll bars for adjustment, as desired.
You can click the arrows by the X (horizontal) and Y (vertical) boxes or enter
the values directly.
EY
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image
(that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it
appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other,
as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and reducing
the Contrast softens images.
H Highlight
Adjust the brightness of the lightest portion.
I Shadow
Adjust the brightness of the darkest portion.
504 Software
Mac OS X
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Additional Settingspane.
Setting Item
A Data Send Method
Description
Choose how printing data is sent to the printer.
• B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer
• C Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer
Software 505
Mac OS X
Support Pane (Mac OS X)
On the Support pane, you can view support information and the user’s manual.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Support Information
Click to access the Canon support webpage,
where you can nd the latest information on the
printer and consumables, check for printer driver
updates, and browse other information.
B User Manual
Click to view the printer user’s manual. This
function requires the user’s manual to be installed
on your computer.
C Settings
The settings can be saved as a le. Click to
display the Export dialog box, which enables you
to specify where to save the le.
D About
You can display version information for the printer
driver.
Using Favorites (Mac OS X)
You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite-based printing.
Note
• In the printing dialog box, click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings. This is a
standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS documentation.
506 Software
Mac OS X
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll Width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Important
• Do not set up color-matching in Photoshop.
• In the printer driver, specify Driver Correction and set Color Space to Adobe RGB.
1.
In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.
Note
• Photoshop CS2 is used in this example.
• For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose Print with Preview from the Photoshop menu to display the Print dialog box.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Make sure the setting mode is Color Management.
In the Color Handling list in Options, click No Color Management.
Click Print.
Access the Main pane.
Photo Paper.
Software 507
Mac OS X
8.
9.
10.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Image in the E Print Priority list.
Select the print quality in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
Click Matching to display the Matching pane.
In Mode, click Driver Correction.
In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
Access the Page Setup pane.
508 Software
Mac OS X
18.
19.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll paper is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here,
10-in. Roll (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
20.
Make sure the page size as specied in Photoshop is shown in C Page Size -in this case,
10"x12".
21.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.493)
Software 509
Mac OS X
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
•
•
•
•
Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.
If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer
again as follows.
1. Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.
2. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
3. If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.
4. Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the
Search button.
Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.
5. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
510 Software
Mac OS X
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS X)
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless
printing, and so on.
Software 511
Mac OS X
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)
In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them.
However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.
Color Adjustment pane: color
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click Color Settings
by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
I Gray Tone
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue), Warm Black (tinged with red), and so on.
512 Software
Mac OS X
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Matching pane
On the Matching pane, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance
of colors on various devices.
Note
• To display the Matching pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click Color Settings by Color
Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Matching.
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Matching Method
Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed. Various
Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in
Matching .
C Color Space
Select the applicable color space as desired.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Software 513
Mac OS X
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing.
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome
On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click Color Settings
in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Not available.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Not available.
I Gray Tone
Not available.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
514 Software
Mac OS X
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, specify Yes , No, or Print Cut Guideline .
I Calibration Value
You can specify whether to apply the results of calibration performed on the
printer to image processing.
J Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
Software 515
Mac OS X
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS X)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.499) , click View Settings
by Print Target.
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each item selected in
the Print Target list.
516 Software
Mac OS 9
Mac OS 9
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)
For instructions on accessing the Mac OS 9 printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS 9) (→P.535)
For information on the Mac OS 9 printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521)
You can specify the number of copies, page range, media type, color processing, print quality, and print
preview. Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or
Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (→P.542)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS 9) (→P.544)
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9) (→P.537)
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9) (→P.540)
• Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.523)
You can specify the amount of enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, media size, and page
layout.
• Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.525)
You can specify the media source, watermarks, and orientation.
• Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.527)
You can perform maintenance for the Printhead or feed amount.
• Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (→P.543)
• Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.528)
You can specify settings for background printing, how print jobs are sent to the printer, and notication
after printing.
Software 517
Mac OS 9
Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)
There are two ways to conrm what printing conditions have been specied, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.518)
• Checking a print preview (→P.519)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Finishing, Utility, and
Additional Settings panes. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm
current settings for the page size, orientation, media source, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
Pane displayed when the H Images tab
is clicked
On top, illustrations indicate the page size of the original, the
paper size, orientation, layout, borderless printing selection,
color mode, and other settings information.
Under this, the page size, paper size, and method and
percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed.
Pane displayed when the I Size tab is
clicked
Paper size details are indicated numerically.
Pane with printer and paper illustrations
Illustrations indicate the media source, orientation, borderless
printing selection, and other settings information.
518 Software
Mac OS 9
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click G View set. on the Main pane to display
the View set. dialog box.
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
Conrming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.520)
Software 519
Mac OS 9
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Click Preview to open the preview window.
Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print this page
to start printing.
Note
• “Preview” is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS
documentation.
520 Software
Mac OS 9
Main Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Main pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Note
• On the Main pane, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing
application, or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
Description
A Copies
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
B Page
Specify the pages to print.
• All Pages
• From and To
C Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
D Set
F Print Target
G View set.
L Printer
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.179)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.182)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.183)
Click to display the View set. dialog box, which enables you to conrm the
settings for the selected item from the F Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in F Print Target .
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which indicates the ink
levels and gives other information about the printer.
Software 521
Mac OS 9
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
Description
A Copies
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
B Page
Specify the pages to print.
• All Pages
• From and To
C Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
D Set
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
F Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
G Print Quality
Choose the level of print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
H Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.173)
I Set
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color
settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.184)
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent misaligned
lines and ensure better results.
Depending on the printing conditions, unidirectional printing may be the
default setting even if you do not choose it. In this case, the printing speed
will not change if you activate the setting.
K Thicken Fine Lines
Activate this option to print ne lines more distinctly.
L Printer
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which indicates the ink
levels and gives other information about the printer.
522 Software
Mac OS 9
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer.
B Page Size
Displays the page size, as specied in the source application.
For details on paper sizes available from the source application, see
“Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
C Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.244)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.245)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.246)
D Fit Media Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Fit Roll Paper Width
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
F Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value. Enter a
value in a range of “5-600.”
G Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected from the A
Media Source list in the Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9). (→P.525)
Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width
of the paper.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.297)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.299)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.279)
H Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.113)
I Page Layout
Activate this option to select the page layout when printing multiple pages
per sheet.(*1)
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (→P.355)
Printing Posters in Sections (→P.356)
Software 523
Mac OS 9
Setting Item
Description
J Layout Direction
This setting is available when I Page Layout is selected. Here, you can
specify the orientation of multiple pages to be printed on a single sheet.
K Page Border
This setting is available when I Page Layout is selected. Here, you can
specify the type of boundary line around each page of multiple pages
printed on a single sheet.
*1: Selecting poster layout from the I Page Layout list displays a check box for specifying the pages to
print.
524 Software
Mac OS 9
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Finishing pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Source
You can choose the media source.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in C Media
Type in the Main Pane (Mac OS 9). (→P.521)
B Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer. Unknown is
displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width.
C Watermark
Activating this option makes two settings available, D Watermarks and
E Edit Watermark .
Printing With Watermarks (→P.419)
D Watermarks
Lists the provided watermarks. Choose the watermark to print.
E Edit Watermark
Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own,
original watermark.
F Print Centered
Choose this option to print the document images in the center of the
paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.378)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.379)
G Rotate 180 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 180 degrees before
printing.
H No Spaces at Top or Bottom Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above
and below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve
the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom
Margins (→P.396)
I Rotate Page 90 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before
printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.395)
Software 525
Mac OS 9
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Gray Adjustment pane.
Gray Adjustment
On the Gray Adjustment pane, you can adjust the color balance, brightness, contrast, and other image
qualities.
Note
• To display the Gray Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , select Monochrome
(Photo) by Color Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Color Settings.
• Monochrome (Photo) is not available for all types of paper.
Setting Item
Description
A Sample
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the sheet, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Sample List
Select a sample image, as desired.
C Color Balance
Click the list to select a color balance that suits the printing application.
DX
Adjust the color balance as you check the color tone in the adjustment area.
You can adjust the square area in the center by clicking or dragging it.
Drag the vertical or horizontal scroll bars for adjustment, as desired.
You can click the arrows by the X (horizontal) and Y (vertical) boxes or enter
the values directly.
EY
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image
(that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it
appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other,
as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and reducing
the Contrast softens images.
H Highlight
Adjust the brightness of the lightest portion.
I Shadow
Adjust the brightness of the darkest portion.
526 Software
Mac OS 9
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Device Settings pane.
Setting Item
A Utility
Description
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which offers the
following maintenance for the printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
Software 527
Mac OS 9
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Additional Settingspane. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Background Printing
Choose the printing method.
Activate this setting by clicking B On to print in the background.
Deactivate this setting by clicking C Off to print in the
foreground.
D Data Send Method
Choose how printing data is sent to the printer.
• E Send Print Data Immediately to Printer
• F Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer
G Printing Finished Alert Method
Choose how to notify when printing is nished.
Specify how to be notied when printing is nished, by a tone
or a message.
528 Software
H Make a Sound
Activate this setting to be notied by a tone when printing is
nished. You can also choose a different tone.
J Display a Message
Activate this setting to be notied by a dialog box when printing
is nished.
Mac OS 9
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the printer in Chooser.
6.
Click OK to close the Add Favorite dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Complete the print settings.
In the Favorites list, click Add Favorite to display the Add Favorite dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Add Favorite dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in Favorites.
Note
• To edit the name of an existing favorite or comment, click Edit Favorite in the Favorites list to
display the Edit Favorite dialog box.
• To save a favorite as a le, click Export and specify the le to save.
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application menu, choose Print.
In the Favorites list, choose the favorite you registered.
Note
• To import a favorite, click Import and specify the favorite le.
• If you select a favorite and edit it, an icon is displayed at left of the name to indicate that the settings
have been changed. For details, refer to the printer driver help.
Software 529
Mac OS 9
7.
Conrm the print settings, and then click Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
530 Software
Mac OS 9
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print Adobe RGB images based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Adobe RGB image created in Photoshop
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Important
• Do not set up color-matching in Photoshop.
• In the printer driver, specify Driver Matching Mode and set Color Space to Adobe RGB.
1.
In Photoshop, create an image in the Adobe RGB color space.
Note
• Photoshop CS2 is used in this example.
• For instructions on creating Adobe RGB images, refer to the Photoshop documentation.
2.
3.
In the Photoshop menu, choose Print.
4.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Photo Paper.
Software 531
Mac OS 9
5.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
6.
7.
Click Image in the F Print Priority list.
Select the print quality in the G Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the G Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
15.
Make sure the page size as specied in Photoshop is shown in B Page Size -in this case,
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
Click Matching to display the Matching pane.
In Mode, click Driver Correction.
In Color Space, click Adobe RGB.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
Access the Page Setup pane.
10"x12".
532 Software
Mac OS 9
16.
Access the Finishing pane.
17.
18.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll paper is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here,
10-in. Roll (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in the B Roll Paper Width list, click the L
Printer in the Main pane to update the printer information.
19.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.518)
Software 533
Mac OS 9
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
•
•
•
•
Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.
If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer
again as follows.
1. Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.
2. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
3. If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.
4. Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the
Search button.
Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.
5. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
534 Software
Mac OS 9
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS 9)
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
Software 535
Mac OS 9
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless
printing, and so on.
536 Software
Mac OS 9
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)
In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them.
However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.
Color Adjustment pane: color
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click Color Settings
by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
Software 537
Mac OS 9
Setting Item
Description
I Gray Tone
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue), Warm Black (tinged with red), and so on.
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment pane.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
538 Software
Mac OS 9
Matching pane
On the Matching pane, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance
of colors on various devices.
Note
• To display the Matching pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click Color Settings by Color
Mode in Advanced Settings, and then click Matching.
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Matching Method
Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed. Various
Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in
Matching .
C Color Space
Select the applicable color space as desired.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Software 539
Mac OS 9
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing.
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome
On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click Color Settings
by Color Mode in Advanced Settings.
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image above is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the right of this pane, enabling you to check the results of
adjustment.
B Original
The image on the bottom shows the original state before adjustment. You
can compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Not available.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the monitor).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Not available.
I Gray Tone
Not available.
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
540 Software
Mac OS 9
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.184)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, on the Color Adjustment pane, click Object Adjustment.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
Software 541
Mac OS 9
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)
The Media Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click
Settings by Media Type.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide . (→P.108)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.135)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen .
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. Adjust this setting if paper
is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline .
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
542 Software
Mac OS 9
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)
If the printing results are not as you expected, you can change how printing is processed in the Special
Settings dialog box.
Note
• To display the Special Settings dialog box, on the Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.528) ,
click Special Settings.
Setting Item
A Fast Graphic Process
Description
If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed
in varying thicknesses, clearing this option may help produce the expected
results.
Software 543
Mac OS 9
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS 9)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.521) , click View Settings
by Print Target.
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each item selected in
the Print Target list.
544 Software
Network Setting
Network Setting
Network Setting
Network Environment
System requirements
The system requirements, which vary depending on your network, are as follows.
• Printing over a TCP/IP network
• Compatible operating systems
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)
• Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)
• Windows Vista (Home Basic/Business/Ultimate)
• Mac OS 9.1 or later
• Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
• Printing over an AppleTalk network
• Compatible operating systems
• Mac OS 9.1 or later
• Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
Note
• The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network.
• Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2.
• Printing over a NetWare network
• Compatible servers
• Novell NetWare 4.2/5.1/6.0
• Compatible clients
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Professional)
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
Note
• In NetWare 6.0, iPrint is not supported.
Network Setting 545
Network Setting
Network environment
After conrming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to, set up the printer and
computers as needed.
• Example of a Windows network
In Windows networks, print over TCP/IP.
Note
• NetBIOS is not supported.
• Example of a Macintosh network
In Macintosh networks, print over AppleTalk (EtherTalk) or TCP/IP, using Bonjour(Zeroconf) functions.
• Example of a NetWare network
Note
• Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment, you can use both TCP/IP and AppleTalk.
In this case, complete the settings for each protocol you will use.
546 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address on the Printer
You must congure the printer’s IP address before using the printer on a TCP/IP network.
The printer’s IP address is congured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions
in the Quick Start Guide.
Follow the steps below to congure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, the
printer Control Panel, or ARP or PING commands, if the IP address is changed, or if you change the printer
connection mode to a network connection. For details on conguring the IP address, refer to the following
topics.
• Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (Windows) (→P.471)
• Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (→P.551)
• Conguring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands (→P.552)
Note
• We recommend conguring the printer’s IP address even if you will use the printer in other network
except for TCP/IP. Conguring the printer’s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to congure the
network settings and manage the printer with a web browser.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
Network Setting 547
Network Setting
Initializing the Network Settings
Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows.
Important
• Initializing the network settings will also restore the default value of the printer’s IP address. As a result,
the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure.
• For instructions on reconguring the IP address, see “Conguring the IP Address on the Printer”.
(→P.547)
• For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Reset to Default settings in the lower-right corner of the Network Interface group.
After conrming the message, click OK to restore the network settings to the default values.
Note
• You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default
network settings.
• If you use the Control Panel to initialize the network settings, press the Menu button to display MAIN
MENU, and then press ▲, ▼, and ► to select Interface Setup → Ethernet Driver → Init. Settings →
Yes (in this order), and nally press the OK button.
548 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the Printer’s TCP/IP Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the TCP/IP network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the TCP/IP group to display the Edit TCP/IP Protocol
Settings page.
6.
Refer to the TCP/IP Settings Items table to complete the settings.
TCP/IP Settings Items
Item
Default Setting
Details
Use DHCP
Activate this setting to use DHCP Off
for conguring the IP address.
Use BOOTP
Activate this setting to use
BOOTP for conguring the IP
address.
Use RARP
Activate this setting to use RARP Off
for conguring the IP address.
RAW Mode Bi-direction
Activate this setting to use
Raw mode bidirectional
communication.
Off
Enable DNS Dynamic Update
Activate this setting to perform
DNS server registration
automatically.
Off
Use Zeroconf Function
Activate this setting to use
Bonjour.
On
IP Address
Specify the printer’s IP address.
0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask
Specify the printer’s subnet mask. 0.0.0.0
Gateway Address
Specify the printer’s default
gateway.
0.0.0.0
LPD Printing
Activate this setting to use LDP
Printing.
On
IPP Printing
Activate this setting to use IPP
Printing.
On
IPP Printer URI
Specify the URI of the printer used printer
for IPP printing using up to 252
characters (1-252 characters).
When using a standard Windows
port for IPP printing, enter an
URL less than 255 bytes for
all characters for “http://<IP
address/IPP-URI.”
Off
Network Setting 549
Network Setting
Item
7.
Default Setting
Details
RAW Printing
Activate this setting to use Raw
Printing.
On
SMTP Server Address
Specify the SMTP server’s IP
address.
0.0.0.0
Primary DNS Server Address
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
0.0.0.0
DNS Host Name
Specify the printer host name,
up to 63 characters (1-63
characters). Use single-byte
letters, numbers, and “-”
(hyphens). Do not use numbers
or “-” for the rst character or “-”
for the last character.
NB-17FBxxxxxxxxxxxx
DNS Domain Name
Specify the printer domain
(Blank)
name, up to 63 characters. Use
single-byte letters, numbers, “-”
(hyphens), and “.” (periods). Do
not use numbers, “-”, or “.” for the
rst character, or “-” or “.” for the
last character.
Multicast DNS Service Name
Specify the printer’s Multicast
Canon iPFxxxx (xxxxxx)
DNS service name, up to 63
characters. (1-63 characters)
This name will be displayed when
Bonjour functions are used.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Note
• If you specify to congure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, there must be a server that
supports such protocol running in the network.
• If you specify to congure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, the IP address obtained by this
method is used rst. If you cannot obtain the IP address, the address specied in IP Address is used.
• It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP are available. We recommend
clearing check boxes of options you will not use.
• If you are using a DNS server, select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS
servers, DNS host name, and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address, Secondary DNS
Server Address, DNS Host Name, and DNS Domain Name, respectively.
550 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control
Panel
This topic describes how to congure the printer’s IP address on the Control Panel.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select TCP/IP, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select IP Setting, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select IP Address, and then press the ► button.
After pressing ◄ or ► to select the input eld, press the OK button to enable numerical input.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the number, and then press the OK button.
Note
• Pressing the ▲ button increases the number by 1. The maximum value is “255,” after which “0” is
displayed.
• Pressing the ▼ button decreases the number by 1. The minimum value is “0,” after which “255” is
displayed.
• Hold down ▲ or ▼ to increase or decrease the value continuously.
8.
9.
Repeat steps 3-4 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings are changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Note
• If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.
• To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop button for a second or more.
Important
• Be sure to complete step 6. This will activate the values you have entered.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel.
Network Setting 551
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address Using ARP and PING
Commands
This topic describes how to congure the IP address using ARP and PING commands.
To use the ARP and PING commands, you will need to know the printer’s MAC address. You can conrm
the MAC address on the Control Panel.
1.
Check the printer’s MAC address.
You can conrm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows:
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press the ► button.
3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Ethernet Driver, and then press the ► button.
4. Press ▲ or ▼ to select MAC Address, and then press the ► button.
You can also print information on the printer status, which includes the MAC address, as follows:
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Test Print, and then press the ► button.
3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Status Print, and then press the ► button.
4. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The MAC address is indicated in the printer status information in the following location.
2.
3.
In Windows, open a command prompt or MS-DOS prompt, or in Mac OS X, start Terminal.
Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses
and corresponding MAC addresses.
arp -s [IP address] [the printer’s MAC address you have veried]
Example: arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 00-00-85-xx-xx-xx
Note
• In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the arp command in the format “arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
00:00:85:xx:xx:xx.” For details, refer to the help le for the command line.
552 Network Setting
Network Setting
4.
Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and congure it.
ping [IP address as specied in the ARP command] -l 479
Example: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx -l 479
Note
• In “-l,” the “l” is the letter “l”.
• In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the ping command in the format “ping -s 479
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.” For details, refer to the help le for the command line.
Note
• The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to “0.0.0.0.”Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask
and default gateway to match your network settings.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
Network Setting 553
Network Setting
Specifying Printer-Related Information
Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page.
To display the relevant settings page, click Edit in the upper-right corner of Device Information
or Security, depending on what information you want to specify.
6.
Refer to the tables of settings items for device information and security settings to complete
the settings.
Device information settings items
Item
Details
Default Setting
Device Name
Specify the device name.
(0-32 characters)
(Blank)
Location
Specify where the device is installed.
(0-32 characters)
(Blank)
Administrator
Identify the administrator.
(0-32 characters)
(Blank)
Phone
Specify the device administrator’s contact
information.
(0-32 characters)
(Blank)
Comments(E-mail)
Enter any notes from the device administrator.
(0-32 characters)
(Blank)
Security settings items
Item
Details
Default Setting
Old Password
Enter the current device password.
(0-15 characters)
(Blank)
New Password
Enter a new password.
(0-15 characters)
(Blank)
Conrm
Enter the new password again to conrm it.
(0-15 characters)
(Blank)
Besides entering a password, you can specify other security-related information, such as use of SNMP
or IPP authentication, or an IP address to restrict printing via TCP/IP.
7.
Click OK to activate the settings.
554 Network Setting
Network Setting
Using RemoteUI
Enter the printer’s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page. After you log on to RemoteUI
from the page, you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs, and congure network
settings.
For details on conguring printer settings for networks, refer to the following topics.
•
•
•
•
Conguring the Printer’s TCP/IP Network Settings (→P.549)
Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network Settings (→P.572)
Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings (→P.557)
Specifying Printer-Related Information (→P.554)
Note
• RemoteUI also offers many other features. You can display the ink levels, check error messages and
other status information, and cancel print jobs.
• By factory default, the English screen is displayed. You can change the display language after logging
on by choosing the desired language in the Language list.
Important
• Use Netscape Navigator/Communicator 6.0 or later, Internet Explorer 5.01 or later, or Firefox 1.5 or later
as a web browser. In Mac OS X, you can also use Safari 1.32 or later or Safari 2.03 or later.
• Access is not possible via a proxy server. In environments where a proxy server is used, add the
printer’s IP address to Exceptions (addresses accessed without a proxy server) in the web browser
proxy server settings. (Settings may vary depending on the network environment.)
• Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser.
• If you access RemoteUI with the printer name instead of its IP address, make sure the DNS settings are
correctly congured.
Network Setting 555
Network Setting
Email Notication When Printing is Finished or Errors
Occur
The printer can notify you of the printer status by email. Even when you are away from the printer, you can
know when printing is nished or if errors occur. Receive notication via email on your mobile phone or
at your computer.
Use the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows) function to set up email recipients and message timing.
Besides being informed of nished print jobs or errors, you can also complete settings for email notication
when service is needed or it’s time to replace consumables.
Note
• For details on email notication using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (in Windows), refer to the
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.
556 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the NetWare network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol
Settings page.
6.
Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings.
NetWare Settings Items
Item
Default Setting
Details
Frame Type
Specify the type of frame to
use in NetWare.
Disabled
NCP Burst Mode
Activate this setting to use
On
NCP Burst Mode.
This mode supports fast data
transfer when printing in queue
server mode. Normally, leave
the setting On.
Print Application
Choose the print service.
• Bindery PServer
• RPrinter
• NDS PServer
• NPrinter
Packet Signature
Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server
to use packet signature.
Bindery
PServer
File Server Name
Specify the name of a le
server that has a NetWare print
server, up to 47 characters.
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a
NetWare print server, up
to 47 characters.
-
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server, up to 20 characters.
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-15 seconds)
5
NDS PServer
Network Setting 557
Network Setting (Windows)
Item
RPrinter
NDS
PServer
NPrinter
7.
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a
NetWare print server, up
to 47 characters.
-
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-5)
0
Tree Name
Specify the name of an NDS
tree that has a NetWare print
server, up to 32 characters.
-
Context Name
Specify the name of a context
that has a NetWare print
server, up to 255 characters.
-
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a
NetWare print server, up
to 64 characters.
-
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server, up to 20 characters.
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-255 seconds)
5
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a
NetWare print server, up
to 47 characters.
Enter the advertising name
of the print server designated
by the NetWare print service.
Usually, the advertising name
is the same as the name of the
print server.
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-254)
Enter the printer number
designated by the NetWare
print service.
Click OK to display the Network page.
558 Network Setting
Default Setting
Details
0
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying the Printer’s Frame Type
To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network, specify the Ethernet frame
type in your NetWare environment.
Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the
printer Control Panel.
Note
• You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUI if the printer’s IP address is congured.
Important
• Before specifying the frame type, make sure the printer is on and connected to the network.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.470)
Specifying the frame type using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
In the list of printers, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the NetWare Frame Type list, select the frame type.
Make sure ETHERNET II is selected under Frame Type in TCP/IP.
In IP Address, enter the IP address assigned to the printer, and then enter the subnet mask in
Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address.
Important
• You must specify the IP address here to be able to congure NetWare protocol settings using
RemoteUI.
7.
8.
9.
Click Set.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Network Setting 559
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying the frame type using the printer Control Panel
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select NetWare, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select NetWare, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select On, and then press the OK button.
Return to the NetWare menu.
6.
7.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Frame Type, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the frame type to use, and then press the OK button.
Return to the NetWare menu.
8.
9.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Print Service, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the desired print service, and then press the OK button.
Return to the NetWare menu.
10.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings is changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Note
• If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.
• To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop button for a second or more.
Important
• Be sure to complete step 5. This will activate the values you have entered.
560 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying NetWare Print Services
Before printing in a NetWare network, you must congure print services such as print servers, print queues,
and so on. You can congure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software.
• NWADMIN
• PCONSOLE
(from Novell, provided with NetWare)
Important
• If you use NWADMIN to congure the print service settings, Novell Client (the Novell NetWare client
software) must be installed as the client software application.
• NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista.
This topic gives instructions for conguring NetWare print services. The order of this procedure may vary
depending on the environment.
Choosing the type of print services
Before completing print service settings, choose the type of print service. Refer to the following descriptions
as needed.
Note
• In NetWare 5.1/6.0/6.5, NDPS may also be used as the print service. If you use NDPS, use the
Novell printer gateway included with NetWare. For details on conguring NDPS, refer to the NetWare
documentation.
• NDS (Novell Directory Service) and Bindery
NDS and bindery are both supported. Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment.
• Queue Server Mode and Remote Printer Mode
Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported.
• Queue Server Mode
When using queue server mode, all print server functions are supported, so there is no need for
other print server software or hardware. In NDS queue server mode (NDS PServer), the NDS
print server is used for printing. In bindery queue server mode (Bindery PServer), the bindery print
server is used for printing. Note that if you use queue server mode, a NetWare user license is
required for each network interface.
• Remote Printer Mode
In remote printer mode, the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server. Thus, a NetWare
print server is required. In NDS remote printer mode (NPrinter), the NDS print server is used for
printing, and in bindery remote printer mode (RPrinter), the bindery print server is used for printing.
Network Setting 561
Network Setting (Windows)
Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server
Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.
1.
2.
Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights, and then start NWADMIN.
Run Quick Setup.
1. Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu.
2. Enter a desired name in Print Server Name. To use an existing print server, click the button at right
and choose the name from the list.
3. Enter a desired printer name in Name.
4. To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use the printer in
remote printer mode, choose Parallel in Type, click Communications, and set Ports to LPT1 and
Connection Type to Manual Load.
5. Enter a desired queue name in Name.
6. In Volume, enter the volume object (that is, the object representing the physical volume on the
network) where the print queue will be created. Click the button at right to choose from a list.
7. Complete other settings as needed and click OK.
Note
• The print server name will be required when conguring the printer’s network settings. Note the
print server name for future reference.
• When running Quick Setup, the printer is assigned printer number “0.” When using the printer in
queue server mode, do not change the printer number from “0.”
3.
Set a password.
1. Right-click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details.
2. Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box. Enter the password.
3. Click OK to close the password input dialog box.
4. Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box.
4.
To use the printer in remote printer mode, start the print server.
To use the NetWare le server as the print server, enter “LOAD PSERVER.NLM” at the le
server and press the Enter key.
Note
• This procedure is not required when using queue server mode.
562 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE.
Switch to bindery mode.
If the print server has not been created, create it.
1. In Available Options, select Quick Setup and press the Enter key.
2. Enter the name of the new print server, the new printer, and the queue.
Note
• The print server name will be required when conguring the printer’s protocol settings. Note down
the print server name for future reference.
4.
Specify the printer type.
1. To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use remote printer
mode, set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load.
2. Press the Esc key.
3. After the conrmation message is displayed, choose Yes and press the Enter key.
5.
Set a password.
1. In Available Options, select Print Servers and press the Enter key.
2. Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key.
3. Select Password, and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box.
4. Enter the password and press the Enter key.
6.
Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for conrming that PCONSOLE
is nished.
7.
Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE.
Network Setting 563
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying NetWare Protocols
Follow the steps below to congure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI.
Note
• For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol
Settings page.
6.
7.
Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network.
To use burst mode, choose On for NCP Burst Mode.
Note
• Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode. Normally, choose On.
8.
In Print Application, click the print service to be used.
Note
• Only one print service selected here will be enabled. Multiple print services are not available at
the same time.
9.
10.
For packet signature, click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature.
Complete the following settings based on the selected service.
• If you have selected Bindery PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)
1. In File Server Name, enter the le server name.
2. In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare
Print Services. (→P.561)
3. In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.561)
4. In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.
• If you have selected RPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)
1. In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.561)
2. In Printer Number, enter the same printer number specied in Specifying NetWare Print
Services. (→P.561)
564 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
• If you have selected NDS PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using an NDS Print Server)
1. In Tree Name and Context Name, enter the tree and context name of the print server. Do not
exceed 255 characters for the context name.
2. In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare
Print Services. (→P.561)
3. In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.561)
4. In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.
• If you have selected NPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a NDS Print Server)
1. In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.561) Usually, the advertising name is the same as the name of
the print server.
2. In Printer Number, enter the same printer number specied in Specifying NetWare Print
Services. (→P.561)
11.
12.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Click Reset to activate the settings.
For a list of NetWare protocol settings items, see “Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings”.
(→P.557)
Note
• If you use RemoteUI to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode, the document and user
information cannot be obtained. Thus, Document Name only indicates Unknown, and the User Name
information is identied as RPRINTER/NPRINTER.
Network Setting 565
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring NetWare Network Settings
To print over a NetWare network, congure the network environment as follows.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
1.
Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers.
For instructions, see “Specifying the Printer’s Frame Type”. (→P.559)
2.
Specify the NetWare print services, including the print server and queue.
For instructions, see “Specifying NetWare Print Services”. (→P.561)
3.
Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type.
For instructions, see “Specifying NetWare Protocols”. (→P.564)
After you have completed the steps above, congure each computer for printing over the
NetWare network.
4.
Connect to the NetWare network.
Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network, and
log in to the NetWare server or tree. For instructions on connection, refer to the NetWare and
operating system documentation.
5.
Install the printer driver.
Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer
to be used for printing. When installing the printer driver, choose Network Printer as the printer
destination, and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings.
6.
Follow these steps to congure the printer port.
1. Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
2. Right-click the printer icon and choose Properties.
3. Click the Port (or Advanced ) tab to display the Port (or Advanced ) sheet.
4. As the destination port, specify the print queue created by conguring the NetWare print service
settings.
Note
• This step is not necessary if you specied the printer destination during installation of the printer
driver.
566 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)
This topic describes how to specify the printer driver destination if the printer’s IP address is changed, or if you
will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.
Important
• If you use the printer on a TCP/IP network, make sure the printer’s IP address is congured correctly.
• Conguring the IP Address on the Printer (→P.547)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window.
Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet.
Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box.
In the Available Port list, select Standard TCP/IP Port.
Click New Port.
After the wizard starts, a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP/IP
Printer Port Wizard.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Click Next.
In Printer Name or IP Address, enter the printer’s IP address.
Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port.
Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box.
Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports, and that the port is selected.
Click OK to close the printer properties window.
Note
• The procedure described above is the conguration based on the LPR or RAW protocol using the
standard TCP/IP port in Windows ( Standard TCP/IP Port ).
Network Setting 567
Network Setting (Windows)
Sharing the Printer in Windows
If you set up a computer as a print server in Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003, the
computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers (clients) connected to it for printing. This topic
describes how to share the printer in Windows.
Important
• We recommend that your network administrator congure your network for printer sharing.
1.
Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
2.
Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window.
568 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
3.
On the Sharing sheet, click Share this printer and enter the shared name.
4.
To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows, click Additional Drivers and follow
the instructions to install the printer driver of the corresponding version.
If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver le, insert the provided User
Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and specify the folder where the printer driver is located.
5.
Click OK.
Important
• When installing the printer driver on client computers, select "Network Printer" on the connection type
screen in the printer wizard, and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print
server.
Network Setting 569
Network Setting (Windows)
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer
as follows:
Important
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights equivalent to the “Administrator” account.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.
On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.
Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.
570 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility
From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the
printer to congure the printer’s IP address. This topic describes how to congure the IP address using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.470)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.
In the list of printers, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Note
• To congure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select
DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.
Network Setting 571
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the AppleTalk network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk
Protocol Settings page.
6.
Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings.
AppleTalk Settings Items
Item
Details
Default Setting
Phase Type
Specify whether to use AppleTalk. Disabled
If you will use AppleTalk, choose
Phase 2.
If you will not use AppleTalk,
choose Disabled .
Name (*1)
Specify the object name used by Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx)
AppleTalk (in up to 31 single-byte
or 15 double-byte characters).
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ * : =
Zone (*2)
Specify the printer zone name, up *
to 31 single-byte characters.
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ : = Also
avoid using “*” (which represents
the default zone) in the middle of
a string.
*1:The object name you have specied in Name is displayed in Chooser in Mac OS 9 or Printer Setup
Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X. If you use multiple printers in the same zone, assign a
unique name to each printer. By default, the network interface name is “Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx).”
(Here, xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer’s MAC address.)
*2: If zones have been created on the network, enter the name of the printer’s zone. If there are
no zones, leave the asterisk “*” entry (for the default zone) as it is. If you enter a network zone
name that does not match created zones, the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers.
Consult your network administrator for information on zone names.
7.
Click OK to display the Network page.
572 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)
Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer’s IP address is changed, or if you will use the
printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.
• If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk network, see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)”. (→P.574)
• If you switch to printing in a TCP/IP network, or if the printer’s IP address is changed, see “Conguring
the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.578)
• If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network, see “Conguring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)”. (→P.582)
Network Setting 573
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)
To print over an AppleTalk network, activate the AppleTalk protocol and congure the destination as follows.
Activating AppleTalk on the printer
Important
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select AppleTalk, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select On, and then press the OK button.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings is changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Note
• By using RemoteUI, you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk, as well as the printer
zone name.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
Important
• Be sure to complete step 3. This will activate the values you have entered.
574 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS 9)
1.
2.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
3.
4.
5.
Close the Chooser window.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Close the AppleTalk window and save the settings.
10.
In AppleTalk, click Active.
Click AppleTalk under Control Panels to display the AppleTalk window.
In Connect via, choose Built-in Ethernet.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.
In the Destination list at right, select AppleTalk, and then select the printer in the list below.
Close the Chooser window and click OK after the conrmation message is displayed.
Network Setting 575
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS X)
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of conguring the destination
varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
1.
2.
In System Preferences, click Network to display the Network window.
In Show, choose Built-in Ethernet. Next, click AppleTalk, select Make AppleTalk Active,
and click Apply now.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close the Network window and save the settings.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.
576 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
7.
Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add.
Network Setting 577
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for TCP/IP Network
(Macintosh)
Follow the steps below to congure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.
Important
• If you use the printer on TCP/IP network, make sure the printer’s IP address is congured correctly.
• Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (→P.551)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS 9)
1.
2.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
3.
Click Registering IP Address in the Destination list to display the IP Address Register/Edit
In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.
dialog box.
578 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
4.
Enter the printer’s IP address in IP Address and click Add.
5.
Click OK to close the IP Address Register/Edit dialog box.
6.
In the Destination list, click the address you registered.
7.
Close the Chooser window and click OK after the conrmation message is displayed.
Network Setting 579
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS X)
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of conguring the destination
varies depending on the version of Mac OS X. If you use other versions, refer to the help for the Printer
Setup Utility (or the Print Center ).
1.
2.
3.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
4.
Click More Printers.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
Click Add to display the Printer Browser window.
580 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
5.
In the list of connection methods, click Canon IP(iPF).
6.
Enter the printer’s IP address in Printer’s Address and click Add.
7.
Make sure the printer has been added, and then close the Printer List window.
Network Setting 581
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)
In Mac OS X 10.2.8 and later, use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network. Follow the
steps below to congure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.
Note
• In Mac OS 9, if the computer’s TCP/IP settings have been congured, you can connect the printer to the
network as easily as with the Bonjour function.
Select IP Print (Auto) from the Destination list in Chooser to specify the destination.
Important
• Bonjour and IP Print (Auto) do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a
router for connection. Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network. For information
about network settings, ask your network administrator.
• By default, Bonjour is activated on the printer. The printer name as displayed in Chooser in Mac
OS 9 or Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X is predened as the Multicast DNS
Service Name. You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using
RemoteUI. For instructions on changing it, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.555)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.
582 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
4.
Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add.
Network Setting 583
Adjusting the Printhead
Maintenance
Adjusting the Printhead
Correcting Print Misalignment
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.
For instructions on automatic adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically”. (→P.584)
For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually”. (→P.586)
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by printing and reading a test pattern.
There are two modes for automatic adjustment: Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj. Standard Adj. will x
most slight image distortion or color misalignment, but if not, try Advanced Adj.
If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using
advanced adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the
Printhead Alignment Manually”. (→P.586)
Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the Printhead.
1.
When using sheets, have two unused sheets A4/Letter-sized or larger ready when Standard
Adj. is selected or 8 when Advanced Adj. is selected.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.156)
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (→P.116)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.119)
Note
• Use Standard Adj. if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries
between colors to appear as attractive as possible.
• Use Advanced Adj. to ne-tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the
printhead or if you want printed documents to appear as vivid as possible. We recommend using
Advanced Adj. for printing at a higher level of image quality.
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment
cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.
• This function is not available for CAD Tracing Paper, CAD Translucent Matte Film, or CAD Clear
Film. If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent lm or similar media, try
another type of media or adjust the Printhead alignment manually. (→P.586)
584 Maintenance
Adjusting the Printhead
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Auto Head Adj., and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Advanced Adj., and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.
After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the Printhead alignment.
Note
• If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded, select the media source and click the OK button.
Maintenance 585
Adjusting the Printhead
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.
You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually. Normally, choose automatic adjustment. If
using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced
adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on automatic adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead
Alignment Automatically”. (→P.584)
Follow these steps for standard manual adjustment of the Printhead.
Note
• If Manual Head Adj is unusable although displayed in the menu, choose Advanced Adj. in Auto Head
Adj. Manual Head Adj is available in the menu after you try Auto Head Adj. once.
1.
When using sheets, have two unused sheets A4-sized or larger ready.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.156)
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (→P.116)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.119)
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment
cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Manual Head Adj, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.
6.
7.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select D, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select D-1, and then press the ► button.
586 Maintenance
Adjusting the Printhead
8.
Examine test pattern D-1 for printhead adjustment. After you determine the pattern with straight
lines, press ▲ or ▼ to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
Note
• If lines seem straightest in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an
intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Repeat steps 7 and 8 to specify the adjustment value for D-2 to D-5 and D-7 to D-11.
Press the ◄ button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Register Setting, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The printer now goes online.
Maintenance 587
Adjusting the Printhead
Adjusting the Printhead Height
If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing, it
may help to raise the Printhead.
If image edges are blurred, it may help to lower the Printhead.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Head Height, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the Printhead height, and then press the OK button.
588 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically
If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed. There are
two modes for adjusting the amount paper is fed, Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj. Advanced Adj. offers
a wider range of adjustment than Standard Adj. If using Standard Adj. does not eliminate streaks, or if
streaks are quite noticeable, try Advanced Adj.
Follow the steps below for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount.
When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, you must adjust the
feed amount manually. For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually”.
(→P.592)
Note
• To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed
at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when
adjusting the feed amount. (→P.596)
• This may take some time, depending on the type of paper.
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
• To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing, you must rst set Feed Priority to Band
Joint. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you
set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Ofce Document. (→P.173)
Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
4. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Feed Priority, and then press the ► button.
5. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Band Joint, and then press the OK button.
Maintenance 589
Adjusting the feed amount
Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount automatically.
1.
Load one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger when Standard Adj. is selected or two when
Advanced Adj. is selected.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading and Printing on Rolls (→P.80)
• Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.85)
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting. Adjustment cannot be
completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Auto Band Adj., and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Standard Adj. or Advanced Adj., and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for band adjustment.
After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount and returns to online
mode.
Note
• If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded, select the media source and click the OK button.
• In some cases, the feed amount cannot be adjusted automatically. If so, choose Advanced Adj.
in Auto Band Adj. (→P.49)
• If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular
intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (→P.591)
590 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount during printing
If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears
every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. However, note that because printing is
paused, colors may be slightly different.
1.
Press the Online button to pause printing.
2.
Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to change the value, and then press the OK button.
Note
• The supported range is -5 to +5.
5.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
Note
• The Fine Band Adj. value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However, if you adjust
the feed amount (manually or automatically), the Fine Band Adj. value is reset to 0.
Maintenance 591
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually
If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed.
This topic describes how to adjust the feed amount manually.
When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, adjust the feed amount
manually. We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of media. For instructions on automatic
adjustment, see “Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically”. (→P.589)
Note
• To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed
at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when
adjusting the feed amount. (→P.596)
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
• To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing, you must rst set Feed Priority to Band
Joint. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you
set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Ofce Document. (→P.173)
Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
4. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Feed Priority, and then press the ► button.
5. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Band Joint, and then press the OK button.
592 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount manually.
1.
When using sheets, load two unused sheets A4/Letter-sized or larger.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading and Printing on Rolls (→P.80)
• Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.85)
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting. Adjustment cannot be
completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Manual Band Adj, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment.
6.
Examine test pattern A for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press ▲ or ▼ to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment.
Note
• If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an
intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.
7.
Examine test pattern B for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press ▲ or ▼ to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
The feed amount is adjusted, and the printer goes online.
If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular
intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (→P.594)
Maintenance 593
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount during printing
If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears
every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. The results of adjustment are applied to
printing in progress, enabling you to check the results immediately. However, note that because printing is
paused, colors may be slightly different.
1.
Press the Online button to pause printing.
2.
Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to change the value, and then press the OK button.
Note
• The supported range is -5 to +5.
5.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
Note
• The Fine Band Adj. adjustment value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However, if
you adjust the Printhead alignment, the Fine Band Adj. value is reset to 0.
594 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength
When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily, if paper rubs against the printer or
the edge is wrinkled from rubbing, adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve
results.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select VacuumStrngth, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen, and then press the
OK button.
Maintenance 595
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy
To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly
the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed
amount.
Note
• If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed.
(→P.592)
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
• To apply the results of adjusting the measurement scale for better accuracy in printing, you must rst set
Feed Priority to Print Length. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be
applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Line Drawing/Text. (→P.173)
Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Paper Details, and then press the ► button.
3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of paper, and then press the ► button.
4. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Feed Priority, and then press the ► button.
5. Press ▲ or ▼ to select Print Length or Automatic, and then press the OK button.
596 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
Follow these steps to adjust the scale for better accuracy.
1.
When using sheets, load one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder (→P.116)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.119)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.156)
Note
• When loading paper, specify the correct paper type. When the paper type is not specied, the
printing quality may be affected without the correct adjustment of the feeding.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Length, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage.
The scale bar shows “Millimeter” in 50 mm units and “Inch” in 1 inch units.
6.
Measure the length of the adjustment pattern. Calculate the difference between the measured
length and actual length. Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button.
You can adjust the value in 0.02% increments. Press ▲ to increase the value and ▼ to decrease
it.
If the scale is printed shorter than actual size, set the value toward the positive side; if it is printed
longer, set the value toward the negative side.
Note
• You can also specify the adjustment value by selecting Paper Details → Adjust. Setting.
Maintenance 597
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets
If printed sheets are affected by banding in different colors toward the end of the sheet (about 20-30 mm from
the edge), try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets.
Note
• If printed documents (including documents printed on rolls) are affected by banding in different colors
not only toward the end of the sheet but throughout the printed area, try adjusting the overall feed
amount. (→P.589)
• This adjustment is only possible when feeding paper from the Top Paper Feed Slot that can be set up
with a margin on the trailing edge of 3 mm (0.12 in). If you use paper for which you cannot specify a
trailing margin of 3 mm, it will be automatically ejected, and adjustment is not possible.
1.
Load a sheet of unused paper A4/Letter-sized or larger.
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment
cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adj Far Ed Feed, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for adjustment.
C1 is displayed on the Control Panel.
6.
Examine test pattern C1 for adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press the ▲ or ▼ to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
C2 is displayed on the Control Panel.
598 Maintenance
Adjusting the feed amount
7.
Examine test pattern C2 for adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press the ▲ or ▼ to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
The printer now goes back online.
Note
• If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an
intermediate value. For example, choose 17 if you cannot decide whether pattern 16 or 18 is better.
Maintenance 599
Color adjustment
Color adjustment
Using Color Calibration to Adjust Colors
Color calibration is a feature that compensates for changes in color from individual variation among Printhead
or from the printing environment, ensuring better color consistency.
We recommend using color calibration in the following situations.
• After initial installation
• After Printhead replacement
• If colors seem different from before (however, make sure you are printing under the same conditions
and in the same printing environment)
• When consistent color is desired from multiple printers (in this case, also use the same version of
rmware and printer driver and the same settings.)
When you execute color calibration, a test pattern is printed and an adjustment value is automatically set
based on the results of printing.
Important
• Before executing color calibration, you must prepare one of the following types of paper. Note that
various environmental conditions are recommended for various types of paper. Use the printer under
the recommended environmental conditions for the paper to be used. For details on recommended
environmental conditions for various paper, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.108)
Paper Compatible With
Color Calibration
Japan
Europe
Americas
Matte Coated 90
-
Compatible
Compatible
HW Coated
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
Premium MatteP
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
Matte Photo
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
GlossyPhoto 190
-
Compatible
Compatible
SatinPhoto 190
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
GlossyPhoto 240
-
Compatible
Compatible
SatinPhoto 240
-
Compatible
Compatible
Glossy Photo
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
HW GlossyPhoto2
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
HW SemiGlPhoto2
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
Photo PaperPlus
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
FineArt Photo
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
FneArt HW Photo
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
Comm Proong
-
Compatible
Compatible
600 Maintenance
Color adjustment
RC Proong 210
-
Compatible
Compatible
Proong Paper
Compatible
Compatible
Compatible
Opaque Paper
-
Compatible
-
Art Extr Smooth
-
Compatible
-
• Optimal adjustment values from color calibration are also applied for paper other than the type you use
to execute color calibration when printing on that other type of paper.
• In the printer driver or in the MAIN MENU of the Control Panel, you can specify whether to apply the
adjustment value from color calibration when printing. The printer driver settings are given priority.
For menu details, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.49)
For information on printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Printer Driver Settings (Windows) (→P.441)
• Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X) (→P.492)
• Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9) (→P.517)
• Before color calibration, ensure the printer is not exposed to direct sunlight or other strong sources of
light.
• If you reinstall the printer driver and change the region selection of the Media Conguration Tool,
region-specic paper information originally registered on the printer before installation will be deleted. If
the information of paper you used for color calibration is deleted, such color calibration can no longer be
applied to any type of paper. To apply the results of color calibration, perform color calibration again
using paper supported in the newly selected region and compatible with color calibration. See the Media
Conguration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh)
• Default settings will be restored if you select MAIN MENU > System Setup > Reset PaprSetngs > Yes.
Because information added or updated using the Media Conguration Tool is also deleted, if paper of
which information was added using the Media Conguration Tool was used for color calibration and is
now deleted, such color calibration can no longer be applied to any type of paper. To apply the results
of color calibration, perform color calibration again using a paper included originally in the default
settings that is compatible with color calibration. See the Media Conguration Tool Guide (Windows)
or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
Note
• For further adjustment of the color of documents as printed applying color calibration, adjust the color in
the printer driver. (→P.184)
• You can check when color calibration was executed and what paper was used from Status Print,
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (in Windows) or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (on a Macintosh
computer) in the MAIN MENU on the Control Panel.
For menu details, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.49)
For details on imagePROGRAF Status Monitor, refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.
For details on imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help.
Maintenance 601
Color adjustment
Follow these steps to execute color calibration.
1.
Load paper compatible with color calibration.
When using sheets, load paper A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.5×11 in) vertical, or larger. One
sheet is required.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading and Printing on Rolls (→P.80)
• Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.85)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Calibration, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Auto Adjust, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
After the printer measures environmental conditions and checks the paper, a test pattern for color
calibration is printed. An adjustment value based on the results of printing is set automatically.
After adjustment is complete, the printer goes online or ofine automatically.
602 Maintenance
Color adjustment
Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing
Environment
You can print in the colors that look best when viewed under the light where the printed image will be displayed.
There are two ways to adjust the color tone for the ambient light, as follows.
By selecting color tones on Charts before printing
On the printed Chart, note the number of the set of colors with the desired color tone and enter this number in
the printer driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For instructions on selecting color tones on Charts before printing, refer to the following topic:
• By selecting color tones on Charts before printing (Windows) (→P.604)
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light
Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also
be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
• For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure
Tool.
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For instructions on measuring light levels before printing, refer to the following topic:
• Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light (→P.608)
Maintenance 603
Color adjustment
By selecting color tones on Charts before printing
(Windows)
Print Charts, note the number of the chart with your desired color tone, and enter this number in the printer
driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires that the Light Source Check Tool be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Check Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded (for example, Glossy Photo
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Paper).
Important
• Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) may not be available, depending on the type of paper
used. For details, see “Types of Paper”. (→P.108)
604 Maintenance
Color adjustment
5.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
6.
In F Print Quality, click Highest or High.
Important
• Ambient Light Matching mode is only available when the F Print Quality is set to Highest or High.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Click Color in the G Color Mode list.
11.
Conrm that By selecting a chart number is selected in C Setting Method.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.
Click Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) in the A Matching Mode list.
If it is not selected already, select it.
Maintenance 605
Color adjustment
12.
Click D Print Chart.
Light Source Check Tool now starts up.
13.
Check the settings and click Print.
The Chart is printed.
14.
In the viewing environment, determine the number of the set of images on the Chart in which all
four vertical images have the best overall color tone.
Note
• Choose the number of the set of images in which the people, the blue of the sky, and the red of
the strawberries look the most natural overall.
606 Maintenance
Color adjustment
15.
After conrming that Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) is selected in A Matching
Mode, select the number for the desired color tone on the chart in E Chart Number.
16.
17.
Click OK.
Conrm the print settings and start printing.
Maintenance 607
Color adjustment
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient Light
Measure the light level in the viewing environment and enter the results in the printer driver before printing.
Important
• This function requires the Eye-One spectrophotometer. The Light Source Measure Tool must also
be installed.
• You can install the Light Source Measure Tool from the User Software CD-ROM.
• For a list of supported Eye-One devices, refer to the manual provided with the Light Source Measure
Tool.
1.
Using the Eye-One spectrophotometer and the Light Source Measure Tool, determine the
Lighting Source Type and Color Temperature in the viewing environment.
Note
• For detailed instructions on Eye-One and the Light Source Measure Tool, refer to the provided
instructions.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded (for example, Glossy Photo
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.473)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Paper).
Important
• Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) may not be available, depending on the type of paper
used. For details, see “Types of Paper”. (→P.108)
608 Maintenance
Color adjustment
6.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
7.
In F Print Quality, click Highest or High.
Important
• Ambient Light Matching mode is only available when the F Print Quality is set to Highest or High.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Click Color in the G Color Mode list.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
Click the Matching tab to display the Matching sheet.
Click Ambient Light Matching Mode (Kyuanos) in the A Matching Mode list.
Maintenance 609
Color adjustment
12.
Select By entering values directly in C Setting Method.
13.
14.
15.
Select the F Lighting Source Type and G Color Temperature determined in step 1.
Click OK.
Conrm the print settings and start printing.
610 Maintenance
Color adjustment
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Windows)
1.
2.
Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.
Select the printer, and then display the printer driver dialog box.
Note
• The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application. In some
cases, when you select the printer, a sheet for conguring the printer driver is added to the dialog box.
In the following case, click Preferences.
■Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Note
• The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application, and sheets other than these
six sheets may be displayed.
Maintenance 611
Color adjustment
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application, changes you make to the settings
will only apply temporarily to that application. Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the
printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you exit the application.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)”. (→P.149)
612 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
Ink Tanks
Ink Tank
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter “H” in a black circle on the side.
When purchasing an Ink Tank, make sure an “H” is printed on the label, along with the following Ink Tank
part numbers.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Y Ink Tank PFI-101Y
PC Ink Tank PFI-101PC
C Ink Tank PFI-101C
PGY Ink Tank PFI-103PGY
GY Ink Tank PFI-103GY
BK Ink Tank PFI-103BK
PM Ink Tank PFI-101PM
M Ink Tank PFI-101M
MBK Ink Tank PFI-103MBK
R Ink Tank PFI-101R
G Ink Tank PFI-101G
B Ink Tank PFI-101B
130 ml per color
Note
• For instructions on replacing Ink Tank, see “Replacing Ink Tanks”. (→P.614)
Maintenance 613
Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Compatible Ink Tank
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter “H” in a black circle on the side.
Request an Ink Tank with the same label when you purchase a new Ink Tank. For more information, see “Ink
Tank”. (→P.613)
Precautions when handling an Ink Tank
Take the following precautions when handling an Ink Tank.
Caution
• For safety, keep an Ink Tank out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Important
• Before removing an Ink Tank from the pouch for installation, shake it gently seven or eight times. If you
do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.
• Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.
• Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• There may be ink around the ink holes of Ink Tank you remove. Handle an Ink Tank carefully during
replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal.
Using an old Ink Tank may affect the printing quality.
• Do not remove the Ink Tank if the printer is not used for a long period (a month or more). Ink remaining
in the printer may become clogged and cause of printing problems.
• Coverage may be uneven if you replace the ink during a print job.
614 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
Replacing an Ink Tank
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
You can replace Ink Tank if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Online or Ofine, or if
messages advise you to check the amount of ink left or replace the Ink Tank.
If a message prompts you to replace the Ink Tank, press the OK button. Steps 2 and 3 are
unnecessary in this case. Go to step 4 and remove the Ink Tank.
Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer, or during
printing or printhead cleaning.
Note
• Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being fed.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Rep. Ink Tank, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A message on the Display Screen advises you to open the Ink Tank Cover. Next, remove the
Ink Tank.
Maintenance 615
Ink Tanks
5.
Open the Ink Tank Cover and check the Ink Lamp.
The Ink Lamp ashes quickly if there is no ink left.
6.
Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for replacement and lift the Ink Tank Lock
Lever to open it.
616 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
7.
Hold the empty Ink Tank by the grip to remove it, and press the OK button.
Note
• If there is still some ink left in the Ink Tank you removed, store the ink tank with the ink holes (a)
facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains. Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it.
• Dispose of used Ink Tank according to local regulations.
8.
Before opening the pouch, shake the Ink Tank gently seven or eight times. Agitate the ink in the
Ink Tank by slowly turning the Ink Tank upside-down and right side up several times.
Note
• If you do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.
Maintenance 617
Ink Tanks
9.
Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank.
Note
• Never touch the ink holes or metal contacts. This may cause stains, damage the Ink Tank, and
affect printing quality.
• Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause
stains.
• Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.
10.
Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown in the gure, with
the ink holes down.
Important
• Ink Tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is wrong.
If the Ink Tank does not t in the holder, do not force it into the holder. Make sure the color of the
Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank, and check the orientation of the Ink Tank
before reloading it.
618 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
11.
Close the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it clicks.
12.
Make sure the Ink Lamp is lit in red.
Note
• Ink Lamp ashes when there is little ink left.
13.
Close the Ink Tank Cover.
The printer returns to the mode before replacement of Ink Tank.
Maintenance 619
Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Tank Levels
On the Display Screen, you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank.
The Display Screen indicates the remaining ink levels, unless a message is displayed.
During messages, press the Information button to view the ink levels on the Display Screen.
These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identied by the Color Label on the bottom
of the Display Screen.
These symbols may be displayed above the ink level: “!” if ink is low, “×” if no ink is left, and “?” if you have
deactivated ink level detection.
The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below.
If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Ink Tank, replace the Ink Tank. If a message is displayed
indicating to check the remaining ink levels, or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large-format
printing or head cleaning, check the remaining levels and replace Ink Tank as needed. (→P.614)
620 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
When to Replace Ink Tanks
Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations.
If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen
When there is little ink left, the Message lamp is lit and Ink Level: Check is shown on the Display Screen.
You can continue to print, but prepare to replace the Ink Tank. (→P.620)
Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink
If little ink is left, there may not be enough for large-format printing, head cleaning, and maintenance, which
require a lot of ink. In this case, replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance.
If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen
When ink runs out, the Message lamp ashes, a message regarding Ink Tank replacement is shown on the
Display Screen, and printing is disabled. Replace the Ink Tank at this point.
Maintenance 621
Printheads
Printheads
Printhead
This is a replacement Printhead for the printer.
• Printhead PF-03
Note
• For instructions on replacing the Printhead, see “Replacing the Printhead”. (→P.625)
Checking the Print Quality
If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test
pattern to check the nozzles.
For instructions, see “Checking for Nozzle Clogging”. (→P.623)
Improving the Print Quality
If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test
pattern to check the nozzles. Clean the Printhead if the printed test pattern was faint.
For instructions on cleaning the Printhead, see “Cleaning the Printhead”. (→P.624)
622 Maintenance
Printheads
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test
pattern to check the nozzles.
Note
• You can specify a number of pages in the printer’s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle
checking every time you nish printing that quantity. (→P.49)
1.
Load unused paper.
• Loading and Printing on Rolls (→P.80)
• Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.85)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Test Print, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Nozzle Check, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The printer goes online and prints a test pattern.
6.
Check the printing results.
If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete, the nozzles are clear.
If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, the nozzles for those colors
are clogged.
If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, follow the steps below and check again for nozzle
clogging.
1. Clean the Printhead. (→P.624)
2. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
Note
• If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete, contact
your Canon dealer.
Maintenance 623
Printheads
Cleaning the Printhead
Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.
Note
• You can specify a number of pages in the printer’s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle
checking and cleaning every time you nish printing that quantity. (→P.49)
• You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.
• Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board (1.5 mm [0.06 in] thick) is loaded in the Front Paper
Feed Slot. Remove the paper before cleaning.
Cleaning the Printhead
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Head Cleaning, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.
• Head Cleaning A
Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning
consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.
• Head Cleaning B
Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the
problem. It takes about ve minutes to complete.
The printhead is cleaned, and the printer goes online.
4.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the
nozzles. (→P.623)
Note
• If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A, try Head Cleaning B. If this does not solve
the problem, repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times. If this still does not improve printing, the
Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life. Contact your Canon dealer.
Caution
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning.
624 Maintenance
Printheads
Replacing the Printhead
When to replace the Printhead
This printer uses two Printheads.
Replace one or both Printheads in the following situations.
• If the printing quality does not improve even after two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu
Replace both Printheads, one at a time.
• If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the left printhead.
Replace the left Printhead.
• If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the right printhead.
Replace the right Printhead.
• If your Canon dealer has advised you to replace the Printhead
Replace the Printhead that your dealer advised you to replace.
Compatible Printhead
For information on the compatible Printhead, see “Printhead”. (→P.622)
Precautions when handling the Printhead
Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead.
Caution
• For safety, keep the Printhead in a place inaccessible for children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
• Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing. The Printhead becomes extremely hot, and
there is a risk of burns.
Important
• Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove. Handle the Printhead carefully
during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation. After removing the Printhead
from the pouch, install it right away. If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened, the nozzles
may dry out, which may affect printing quality.
• If you need to store a Printhead temporarily before installation, do not keep the nozzles and metal
contacts (→P.629) facing down. If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged, it may affect the
printing quality.
• Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead. This may damage the printer.
• Never touch the Printhead nozzles or the metal contacts. This may cause printing problems.
Maintenance 625
Printheads
Replacing the Printhead
Follow the steps below to replace the Printhead. Failure to follow this procedure may cause ink leak from
the Printhead, which may cause stains.
Note
• Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low.
• Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement. Use the gloves provided with the new
Printhead for replacement.
• Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after
replacement of the Printhead. (→P.49)
1.
If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected, cut it manually and remove it.
(→P.421)
2.
3.
Clean inside the Top Cover. (→P.640)
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Maintenance, and then press the ► button.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Replace P.head, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the Printhead for replacement, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Select Printhead L to replace the Printhead L or select Printhead R to replace the Printhead
R. Be sure to specify the correct printhead.
Ink is now lled.
After about three minutes, a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open
the Top Cover.
8.
Open the Top Cover.
Instructions are now shown on the Display Screen regarding Printhead replacement.
626 Maintenance
Printheads
9.
If the Printhead Fixer Cover or Printhead Fixer Lever is dirty, use a damp cloth that you have
wrung out completely to wipe it clean.
Important
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage. This may damage the printer.
10.
Pull the Printhead Fixer Lever forward all the way to open it completely.
Maintenance 627
Printheads
11.
Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely.
12.
Remove the used Printhead.
Caution
• When replacing the Printhead immediately after printing, wait a few minutes before replacing
it. The metal parts of the Printhead become hot during printing, and there is a risk of burns from
touching these parts.
Note
• Dispose of the used Printhead in accordance with local regulations.
628 Maintenance
Printheads
13.
Holding the new Printhead by the grips (a), remove it from the case.
Important
• When handling the Printhead, always hold it by the grips (a). Never touch the nozzles (b) or the
metal contacts (c). This may damage the Printhead and affect printing quality.
14.
While rmly holding the Printhead you have removed, use your other hand to remove the orange
Safety Cap 1 (a). Squeeze the grips (c) of Safety Cap 2 (b) and pull it down to remove it.
Important
• Safety Cap 1 (a) may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead. Be careful not to touch areas
other than the grips.
• Never touch the ink supply section (d). This may cause printing problems.
• The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 (b) is coated with ink to protect the nozzles. Handle it carefully to
avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink. Spilled ink may cause stains. The Printhead contains ink
to protect the nozzles. If this ink is accidentally spilled, it may stain the printer or surrounding area.
We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 (b) on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the
way. Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth. This ink is non-toxic.
• Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material. Dispose of these materials in accordance
with local regulations.
Maintenance 629
Printheads
15.
With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back, insert the Printhead into
the Carriage. Making sure that the metal contacts do not touch the Carriage, carefully push the
printhead rmly into the carriage.
16.
Pull the Printhead Fixer Cover down toward the front to lock the Printhead in place.
17.
Push the Printhead Fixer Lever toward the back of the printer until it clicks.
630 Maintenance
Printheads
18.
Close the Top Cover.
Ink now lls the system.
After about ten minutes, the Printhead alignment will be automatically adjusted, and the printer
will go online.
If no paper has been loaded, a message is displayed requesting you to load paper.
Important
• Never remove an Ink Tank while the system is lling with ink.
• If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu, the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted. In this case,
adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Auto Head Adj. in Advanced
Adj. (→P.584)
Maintenance 631
Maintenance Cartridge
Maintenance Cartridge
Maintenance Cartridge
This is a replacement Maintenance Cartridge for the printer.
• Maintenance Cartridge MC-16
Note
• For instructions on replacing the Maintenance Cartridge, see “Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge”.
(→P.632)
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge
Compatible Maintenance Cartridge
For information on the compatible Maintenance Cartridge, see “Maintenance Cartridge”. (→P.632)
Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge
Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge.
Caution
• For safety, keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Important
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it.
• To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge, avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it
at an angle. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used. Handle the Maintenance
Cartridge carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.
632 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
You can replace the Maintenance Cartridge if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Ofine
or if messages advise you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge.
If a message prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, press the OK button. Steps 2
and 3 are unnecessary in this case. Go to step 4 and remove the Maintenance Cartridge.
Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the
printer, during Printhead cleaning, or while ink is being lled.
If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, it may cause the printed images to
be blurry.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Maintenance, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Repl. maint cart, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Remove the Ejection Guide.
Maintenance 633
Maintenance Cartridge
7.
Hold the handle (a) of the used Maintenance Cartridge and pull out the cartridge. Grasp the
handles on both sides (b) and keep the cartridge level as you remove it.
Important
• Used Maintenance Cartridge is heavy. Always grasp the cartridge handles on both sides rmly and
keep the cartridge level during removal and storage. If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or
store it at an angle, ink may leak and cause stains.
• The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer. Do not install a used
Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.
8.
Open the plastic bag of the new Maintenance Cartridge and remove the packaging material.
Holding the handles on both sides (a), remove the cartridge.
Important
• Never touch the metal contacts (a). This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
634 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
9.
Keeping the used Maintenance Cartridge level, put it in the plastic bag that was in the box,
as shown.
10.
Expel air in the plastic bag and seal the zipper. Fold the plastic bag in half.
11.
Put the used Maintenance Cartridge and packaging material in the box for storage, just like the
new Maintenance Cartridge was, keeping it level.
Important
• Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a at surface.
Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• In accordance with its active and ongoing policy to protect the environment, Canon collects used
Maintenance Cartridge. Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that
describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge.
Maintenance 635
Maintenance Cartridge
12.
Holding the handles on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge (a), insert it completely,
keeping it level.
13.
Hold the Ejection Guide on both sides by the near end. Aligning the Ejection Guide with the
guides (a), insert it into the printer until it locks in place.
14.
Press the OK button.
The printer returns to the mode before replacement of the Maintenance Cartridge. If a message
is displayed advising you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, printing is not possible. Make
sure that the Maintenance Cartridge is installed correctly.
If a print job was in progress when the Maintenance Cartridge was replaced, printing is resumed.
Important
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the rst ve seconds after the printer goes
back online. This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
• If you replace the Maintenance Cartridge when the printer is off, do not remove the Maintenance
Cartridge during about the rst ve seconds after you turn the printer on again after replacement.
This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
636 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity
The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing, printhead cleaning, and other
processes. You can conrm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the
Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen.
Press the Information button to display the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge on the Display
Screen.
If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, replace the Maintenance Cartridge. If a
message is displayed indicating to check the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge, or before
tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer, check the
remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and replace the Maintenance Cartridge as needed. (→P.632)
Maintenance 637
Maintenance Cartridge
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge
Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations.
If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on
the Display Screen
When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low, the Message lamp is lit and Prepare for maint cart
replacement. is displayed. You can continue to print, but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge
capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one. (→P.637)
When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted
Printhead cleaning, Printhead replacement, and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the
Maintenance Cartridge capacity. (In particular, preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity.) To
check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity, press the Information button. Replace the Maintenance
Cartridge and perform related maintenance as needed.
If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on
the Display Screen
When the Maintenance Cartridge is full, the Message lamp ashes and a message to replace the
Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen. Printing is disabled, and you cannot replace the
Printhead or transfer the printer. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one.
638 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer Exterior
Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
About once a month, clean the printer exterior.
1.
2.
Turn the printer off. (→P.19)
Unplug the power cord from the outlet.
Caution
• Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance. Accidentally
leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.
3.
Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe the exterior surfaces of the printer.
Dry the surfaces with a dry cloth.
Caution
• Never use ammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come into
contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of re or electrical shock.
Important
• If the Ejection Guide is dirty, it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut. We recommend
cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty, because it may actually be covered
with paper dust.
4.
Plug the power cord into the outlet.
Maintenance 639
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover
Clean inside the Top Cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing
After you have used up a roll
After borderless printing
After printing on small paper
After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris
If you have replaced the roll
After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust
Important
• If the Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty, it may soil the underside of paper. We recommend
always cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper.
• If the Ejection Guide is dirty, it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut. We recommend
cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty, because it may actually be covered with
paper dust.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Maintenance, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Clean Platen, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Open the Top Cover.
640 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
6.
If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes (a) on the Platen or in the Borderless Printing
Ink Grooves (b), use the Cleaning Brush, provided with the printer, to wipe it away.
Note
• If the Cleaning Brush is dirty, rinse it in water.
7.
Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it.
Wipe away any ink residue on the Platen as a whole, the Paper Retainer, and the Borderless
Printing Ink Grooves.
Maintenance 641
Cleaning the Printer
Important
• Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the Top Cover. This may create a static charge, which may
attract dust and affect the printing quality.
• Never use ammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come into
contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of re or electrical shock.
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
8.
Close the Top Cover.
642 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Paper Retainer
Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure the printer offers a comfortable working
environment.
• If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing
• After printing on small paper
Caution
• During cleaning, use a type of paper that does not generate much dust from cutting, such as Plain
Paper. It may affect printing quality if you use lm or other media that are more likely to generate debris
when cut, or that have a surface nish that may come off.
1.
2.
Turn the printer off. (→P.19)
Unplug the power cord from the outlet.
Caution
• Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning and maintenance. Accidentally
leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.
3.
4.
Remove the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.147)
Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times (a) and insert it under the Paper Retainer (b)
behind the printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean.
5.
6.
Reinstall the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.148)
Plug the power cord into the outlet.
Maintenance 643
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning Spurs Used in Paper Feeding
If white dots about 1 mm (0.039 in) apart appear on printed documents in the direction paper is fed, clean
the spurs.
During spur cleaning, a Cleaning sheet fed from the Top Paper Feed Slot is repeatedly advanced and
retracted to clean the spurs (a).
Note
• Use the provided Cleaning sheet for spur cleaning.
• If the spurs are quite soiled, executing cleaning once may not be enough to clean them completely.
Execute cleaning again if one time is not effective.
• If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (→P.146)
Important
•
•
•
•
Do not fold the Cleaning sheet.
Do not use a frayed Cleaning sheet or Cleaning sheet that has become very dirty.
If the Cleaning sheet is warped, straighten it before use.
To cancel cleaning, press the Stop button.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Maintenance, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Spur Cleaning, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
644 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
5.
Open the Paper Tray Cover (a).
6.
Squeeze the Width Guide (a) and slide it all the way to the left.
7.
Remove the Cleaning sheet from the pouch.
The pouch is used to store the Cleaning Sheet, so keep it in a safe place.
8.
Insert the long side of the Cleaning sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot in the position to be cleaned.
Insert the Cleaning sheet gently until it stops.
Maintenance 645
Cleaning the Printer
Note
• If the width of the paper used when soiling occurred is wider than the Cleaning sheet, insert the sheet
in different positions as you perform cleaning.
9.
Press the OK button to start cleaning.
Cleaning takes about a minute and a half.
10.
Pull out the cleaning sheet and press OK. is shown on the Control Panel. At this point, pull
out the Cleaning sheet and press the OK button.
11.
12.
Put the Cleaning Sheet back in the pouch.
Close the Paper Tray Cover (a).
646 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printhead
Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.
Note
• You can specify a number of pages in the printer’s Noz. Check Freq. menu for automatic nozzle
checking and cleaning every time you nish printing that quantity. (→P.49)
• You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.
• Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board (1.5 mm [0.06 in] thick) is loaded in the Front Paper
Feed Slot. Remove the paper before cleaning.
Cleaning the Printhead
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Head Cleaning, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.
• Head Cleaning A
Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning
consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.
• Head Cleaning B
Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the
problem. It takes about ve minutes to complete.
The printhead is cleaned, and the printer goes online.
4.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the
nozzles. (→P.623)
Note
• If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A, try Head Cleaning B. If this does not solve
the problem, repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times. If this still does not improve printing, the
Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life. Contact your Canon dealer.
Caution
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning.
Maintenance 647
Other Maintenance
Other Maintenance
Preparing to Transfer the Printer
To protect the internal parts in transit, always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new
location. Refer to the Quick Start Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer.
Note
• It is not possible to prepare the printer for transfer if the Display Screen prompts you to replace the
Maintenance Cartridge or check the remaining capacity. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before
transfer preparations. (→P.632)
• Do not tilt the printer in transit. Ink inside the printer may leak and cause stains. If it is necessary to
stand the printer up or tilt it, contact your Canon dealer.
1.
Remove the paper.
• Rolls
1. Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit (→P.122)
2. Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder (→P.118)
• Sheet
1. Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot (→P.164)
2. Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot (→P.165)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Maintenance, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Move Printer, and then press the ► button.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The printer now starts preparing for transfer.
If a message is shown on the Display Screen requesting you to open the Ink Tank Cover, follow
the procedure starting with step 6.
6.
Open the Ink Tank Cover.
648 Maintenance
Other Maintenance
7.
Open the Ink Tank Lock Lever and remove every Ink Tank.
Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it.
Note
• Store the Ink Tank you removed with the ink holes (a) facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and
cause stains.
8.
Close every Ink Tank Lock Lever, and close the Ink Tank Cover.
At this point, ink is drawn out from inside the tubes.
Important
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process.
When the suction is nished, Turn Power Off!! is displayed.
Maintenance 649
Other Maintenance
9.
Press the Power button and turn off the printer.
Important
• Turn off the printer before you unplug it. It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and
transfer it in that state. If you accidentally unplug the printer, plug it in again, reinstall the Ink Tanks,
wait until the printer comes online, and follow this procedure again.
10.
11.
Disconnect the power cord and interface cable.
12.
Grasp the Belt, insert it between the Belt Stopper, and afx the Belt Stopper to the Carriage Shaft.
Open the Top Cover.
650 Maintenance
Other Maintenance
Important
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
Note
• Here, the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation.
13.
Close the Top Cover.
14.
15.
Tape down printer covers to secure them, in the reverse order of tape removal during installation.
Repack the Roll Holder, Holder Stopper, and printer in shipping materials, and then package
them in a shipping box.
Maintenance 651
Other Maintenance
Updating the Firmware
Update the printer rmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions.
Conrming the rmware version
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Information, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select System Info, and then press the ► button.
The rmware version is displayed.
Updating the rmware
To obtain the latest rmware, visit the Canon website. If the rmware available online is newer than the
installed rmware, update the printer rmware. For details on downloading and updating the rmware,
visit the Canon website.
652 Maintenance
Frequently Asked Questions
Troubleshooting
Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
This section presents frequently asked questions and answers. To view more detailed explanations, click the
hyperlinks in the answer column.
Question
Answer
How do I print on a roll?
When printing on rolls, after loading the roll, specify
the paper type and length, both on the Control Panel
and in the printer driver.
⇒Loading and Printing on Rolls (→P.80)
How do I print manually?
When printing manually, specify the paper type and
size in the printer driver, and then load the paper.
⇒Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed
Slot (→P.85)
How do I switch between printing on a roll and
printing manually?
Press the Feeder Selection button to switch the
paper source between the roll and a sheet.
⇒Selecting the Roll as the Paper Source (→P.115)
⇒Selecting the Sheet as the Paper Source (→P.154)
How do I change the paper type or size?
Specify the type and size of paper, both on the
Control Panel and in the printer driver.
• Specifying it in the Printer Driver
⇒Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (→P.655)
• Specifying it on the Control Panel
Selecting the paper type
⇒Selecting the Paper Type (Roll) (→P.124)
⇒Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet) (→P.162)
Selecting the Paper Size
⇒Specifying the Paper Length (Roll) (→P.125)
⇒Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet) (→P.163)
How do I cut the roll paper after printing?
You can wait until ink dries before cutting the roll, and
you can cut rolls at a desired position.
⇒Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls (→P.129)
How do I print without borders?
Borderless printing is possible on rolls. You can also
specify borderless printing in the printer driver by
adjusting the original size to match the paper size.
Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.
⇒Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size
(→P.297)
⇒Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (→P.299)
⇒Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.279)
Troubleshooting 653
Frequently Asked Questions
Question
Answer
How do I print an A4 original enlarged on A2 paper?
In the printer driver, you can adjust the original image
to match the paper size or width, or you can specify
enlargement or reduction before printing as desired.
⇒Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(→P.244)
⇒Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.245)
⇒Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(→P.246)
How do I print without wasting paper?
To conserve paper, you can specify in the printer
driver to rotate originals 90 degrees or to print without
top and bottom margins.
⇒Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (→P.395)
⇒Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals
Without Top and Bottom Margins (→P.396)
How do I print without wasting all the blank space
on the right side when printing an A4-sized original
at A3 size?
By specifying to rotate originals 90 degrees in the
printer driver, you can print at A4 size to ll the width
of A3 paper.
⇒Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (→P.395)
How do I print in landscape (or portrait) orientation?
You can print originals that are in landscape (or
portrait) orientation automatically enlarged to t the
roll width. This is an easy way to create vertical or
horizontal banners.
⇒Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing) (→P.330)
How do I print on a custom paper size?
You can specify custom sizes temporarily in the
printer driver.
⇒Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (→P.331)
How do I register custom paper sizes?
You can add desired sizes (Custom Media Sizes) in
the Size Options dialog box of the printer driver.
⇒Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (→P.331)
How do I print lines thicker?
By specifying Thicken Fine Lines in the printer
driver, you can print ne lines thicker to make them
easier to see.
⇒Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and
Colors for Printing (→P.173)
How do I modify how colors are printed?
To compensate for changes in color from individual
variation among Printheads or from the printing
environment and to ensure better color consistency,
execute color calibration.
⇒Using Color Calibration to Adjust Colors (→P.600)
You can adjust colors even further in the printer driver
before printing.
⇒Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.184)
How do I use printer driver settings again in
subsequent jobs?
By saving settings information in a favorite, you can
apply the settings again before printing anytime as
needed.
⇒Using Favorites (→P.421)
654 Troubleshooting
Frequently Asked Questions
Answer
Question
How do I use the printer in combination with a Color
imageRUNNER ?
The printer can be used for automatic enlargement
and printing of scanned originals from a Color
imageRUNNER .
⇒Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from
a Color imageRUNNER (→P.247)
How do I print enlargements of scanned originals
from a Color imageRUNNER ?
By using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy
(iR enlargement copy), you can automatically print
enlargements of scanned originals from a Color
imageRUNNER .
⇒Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from
a Color imageRUNNER (→P.247)
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
If you replace the paper, complete the printer driver settings for the paper type and size.
For instructions on conguring paper settings in the printer driver, refer to the following topics, as appropriate
for your computer and operating system.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.93)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.95)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.97)
Troubleshooting 655
Printing does not start
Printing does not start
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is not on.
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in, all the way. Press the
Power button to turn the printer on.
The printer is not selected in the
printer driver. (The printer is in
Sleep mode.)
In Windows, select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in
the printing dialog box and try printing again.
In Mac OS X, select the printer by clicking Printer Setup Utility (or
Print Center ) and try printing again.
In Mac OS 9, select the printer in Chooser and try printing again.
The print job is paused. (The
printer is in Sleep mode.)
In Windows, restart the print job as follows.
1. Select the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or Printers )
window.
2. Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job.
In Mac OS X, restart the print job as follows.
1. Open the Printer Setup Utility (or the Print Center ).
2. Select the printer, and then Start Jobs in the Printers menu to
restart the print job.
In Mac OS 9, restart the print job as follows.
1. Open imagePROGRAF Printmonitor .
2. Choose Resume Printing in the File menu to restart the print job.
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is ofine.
Press the Online button on the Control Panel to bring the printer online.
The Display Screen indicates the system is lling with ink
Cause
When the printer was turned off previously, some
cleaning operation was terminated.
656 Troubleshooting
Corrective Action
Wait until the system has been lled with ink. This
process may take about ten minutes.
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over a network
Cannot connect the printer to the network
Cause
Corrective Action
The Ethernet cable is not connected
correctly to the printer’s Ethernet port.
1. Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct
Ethernet cable, and then turn the printer on. For instructions on
connecting the cable, refer to the Quick Start Guide .
2. Make sure the Link indicator is lit.
The Link indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100
Base-TX and orange if connected via 10Base-T.
If the Link indicator is not lit, check the following points.
• Make sure the hub is on.
• Make sure the end of the Ethernet cable is connected
correctly.
Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place.
• Make sure there is no problem with the Ethernet cable.
If there is any problem, replace the Ethernet cable.
• Check the communication mode with the hub.
Although the printer normally detects the hub
communication mode and transmission rate automatically
(in auto negotiation mode), sometimes the hub settings
cannot be detected. In this case, congure the connection
method manually, specifying the communication mode in
use. (→P.658)
Troubleshooting 657
Cannot print over a network
Conguring the Communication Mode Manually
This topic gives instructions for conguring the communication mode manually.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Interface Setup, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Ethernet Driver, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Auto Detect, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Off, and then press OK.
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
6.
7.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Comm.Mode, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the communication mode, and then press the OK button.
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
8.
9.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Ethernet Type, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select the Ethernet type, and then press OK.
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
10.
11.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Spanning Tree, and then press ►.
Press ▲ or ▼ to enable or disable spanning tree support, and then press OK.
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
12.
Press the Online button.
After the conrmation message is displayed, press OK.
The printer will now restart.
658 Troubleshooting
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer’s IP address is not congured correctly.
Make sure the printer’s IP address is congured
correctly. For details, see “Conguring the IP
Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup
Utility”. (→P.471) or see “Conguring the IP Address
Using the Printer Control Panel”. (→P.551)
The printer’s TCP/IP network settings are not
congured correctly.
Make sure the printer’s TCP/IP network settings are
congured correctly. For details, see “Conguring the
Printer’s TCP/IP Network Settings”. (→P.549)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s TCP/IP network settings
are congured correctly. For details, see “Conguring
the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)”. (→P.567)
Troubleshooting 659
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks
Cause
Corrective Action
The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer.
Activate AppleTalk on the printer. For details,
see “Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network
Settings”. (→P.572)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s AppleTalk settings are
congured correctly. For details, see “Conguring
the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)”.
(→P.574) or see “Conguring the Destination for
Bonjour Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.582)
The computer and printer are not on the same
network.
Due to the nature of Bonjour, you cannot print if
the printer is on another network behind a router.
Make sure the computer and printer are on the same
network. For information about network settings, ask
your network administrator.
660 Troubleshooting
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over a NetWare network
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer’s NetWare settings are not congured
correctly.
Make sure the printer’s NetWare settings are
congured correctly. In particular, make sure a valid
frame type is selected. For details, see “Conguring
the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings”. (→P.557)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s NetWare settings are
congured correctly. For details, see “Conguring
NetWare Network Settings”. (→P.566)
The NetWare server and services are not congured Check the following points.
correctly.
1. Make sure the NetWare le server is running.
2. Make sure there is enough free disk space on the
NetWare le server. Insufcient disk space may
prevent you from processing large print jobs.
3. Start NWADMIN or PCONSOLE and conrm that
the print service is congured correctly and the
print queue is available.
4. If data transmission to a printer on another subnet
fails, deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer’s
network protocol settings.
5. If the printer is used in queue server mode, specify
“Other/Unknown” as the printer type.
Troubleshooting 661
The printer stops during a print job
The printer stops during a print job
An error message is shown on the Display Screen
Status
Corrective Action
An error message is displayed during printing.
Check the error message and take action as
necessary.
(→P.689)
The last portion of roll paper was used during a print
job, and paper could not be advanced because the
trailing edge is taped to the roll.
Remove the used roll and insert a new roll.
(→P.122)
(→P.118)
(→P.80)
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper
Status
Corrective Action
The leading edge of the roll paper was cut to
straighten it.
This operation is normal.
The printer cuts the leading edge of the roll to
straighten it and ejects the scraps when Trim
Edge First in the printer menu is On or when Trim
Edge First is Automatic and the leading edge is
slanted. The printer is ready to print after this initial
preparation.
When Off is selected under Trim Edge First , the
edge is not cut and scraps are not removed.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and make
sure the Printhead is in good condition for printing.
(→P.623)
Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.624)
A print job was received from an incompatible printer Use the correct imagePROGRAF printer driver for
driver.
the printer and try printing again.
The printer is damaged.
662 Troubleshooting
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Problems with the printing quality
Problems with the printing quality
Printing is faint
Cause
Corrective Action
You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper.
Print on the printing surface.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if
they are clogged.
(→P.623)
Because the printer was left without Ink Tanks
installed for some time, ink has become clogged in
the ink supply system.
After the Ink Tank has been installed for 24 hours,
run Head Cleaning B .
(→P.624)
Paper is jammed inside the Top Cover .
Follow the steps below to remove the jammed piece
of paper inside the Top Cover .
1. Press the Online button to bring the printer ofine.
2. Open the Top Cover and make sure the Carriage
is not over the Platen .
3. Remove any scraps of paper inside the Top Cover
.
4. Close the Top Cover .
For tips on clearing paper jams, refer to the following
topics.
• Clearing Jammed Roll Paper (→P.138)
• Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray (→P.166)
During borderless printing, the ink was not dry
enough before cutting.
Specify a longer drying period in the printer menu, in
Roll DryingTime in Paper Details .
(→P.49)
Printing may be faint if Print Quality in Advanced
Settings in the printer driver is set to Standard or
Draft .
In Advanced Settings in the printer driver, choose
Highest or High in Print Quality .
(→P.173)
Troubleshooting 663
Problems with the printing quality
Paper rubs against the Printhead
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper type as specied in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specied
not match the type loaded in the printer. (*1)
in the printer driver.
(→P.119)
(→P.156)
Make sure the same type of paper is specied in the
printer driver as you have loaded in the printer.
1. Hold down the Stop button for a second or more
to cancel printing.
2. Change the paper type in the printer driver and
try printing again.
Paper has been loaded incorrectly, causing it to
wrinkle.
Reload the paper.
(→P.119)
(→P.156)
The Printhead is set too low.
In Head Height , choose Automatic . (→P.588)
You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that
curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink.
When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or
other paper-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth
setting of Strong , or Strongest . If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to Highest . (→P.595) (→P.588)
When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other
lm-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth setting
of Standard , Strong , or Strongest . If the paper is
still scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to Highest . (→P.595) (→P.588)
When printing on paper 0.1 mm (0.004 in) thin
or thinner, choose a VacuumStrngth setting of
Weakest . If the paper is still scratched, try setting
the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest .
(→P.595) (→P.588)
If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when
printing on rolls of glossy photo paper, in Media
Detailed Settings in the printer driver, set Near End
Margin to 20mm .
*1: Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer.
664 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
The edges of the paper are dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen .
or printing on small paper.
(→P.640)
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver.
Make sure the same paper type is specied on the
printer as in the printer driver.
(→P.124)
(→P.162)
Make sure the same paper type is specied in the
printer driver as on the printer.
1. Hold down the Stop button for a second or more
to cancel printing.
2. Change the paper type in the printer driver and
try printing again.
The paper is wrinkled or warped.
Straighten out the wrinkles or curls and reload the
paper. Do not use paper that has been printed on
previously.
(→P.119)
(→P.156)
A cut line is printed because the function to reduce
cutting dust has been activated.
If this function is not needed, deactivate
CutDustReduct. through the printer menu.
(→P.49)
The Printhead is set too low.
In Head Height , choose Automatic . (→P.588)
You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that
curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink.
When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or
other paper-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth
setting of Strong , or Strongest . If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to Highest . (→P.595) (→P.588)
When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other
lm-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth setting
of Standard , Strong , or Strongest . If the paper is
still scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to Highest . (→P.595) (→P.588)
If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when
printing on rolls of glossy photo paper, in Media
Detailed Settings in the printer driver, set Near End
Margin to 20mm .
The Ejection Guide is soiled.
Clean the Ejection Guide . (→P.639)
Troubleshooting 665
Problems with the printing quality
The surface of the paper is dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Paper Retainer is soiled.
Clean the Paper Retainer . (→P.643)
You are using a paper that does not dry easily.
Specify a time of about a minute in Roll DryingTime .
The back side of the paper is dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen .
or printing on small paper.
(→P.640)
The Paper Retainer is soiled.
Clean the Paper Retainer . (→P.643)
Banding in different colors occurs
Cause
Corrective Action
The roll is not loaded correctly in the Roll Feed Unit . Remove the roll and reload it.
(→P.119)
The paper feed amount is not adjusted correctly.
Adjust the feed amount.
(→P.589)
Printing does not proceed smoothly because print
jobs are interrupted during transmission.
Exit other applications and cancel other print jobs.
In the printer menu, Print Length is specied in
Feed Priority .
To adjust the feed amount, specify Band Joint in
Feed Priority in the printer menu.
(→P.589)
The Printhead is out of alignment.
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.584)
Streaks may occur if you set the Print Quality too
low.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try
printing again.
(→P.173)
666 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
The contrast becomes uneven during printing
Cause
The paper feed amount is out of adjustment.
Corrective Action
Adjust the feed amount.
(→P.589)
Execute Fine Band Adj. during printing.
(→P.589)
Colors in printed images are uneven
Cause
Corrective Action
Line Drawing/Text is selected when printing images Specify Image in the printer driver.
in many solid colors.
You are printing on paper that curls easily.
Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading
edge of paper that is susceptible to curling. Increase
the level of vacuum holding the paper against the
Platen or specify a margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) or more
for the leading edge. (→P.595)
If you use Glossy Paper , art paper or Coated Paper In Advanced Settings of the printer driver, choose
, color shading may appear at the rear edges of the Highest or High in Print Quality .
paper.
(→P.173)
Printed colors may be uneven if you set the Print
Quality too low.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
(→P.173)
Color may be uneven between dark and light image
areas.
Select Unidirectional Printing in the Advanced
Settings of the printer driver.
When using Borderless Printing, the edge of the
paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may
not be even at the edges.
Specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver before
printing. In this case, the paper can be printed without
borders on the left and right sides only. Cut the
printed document ejected from the printer, then use
scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
(→P.173)
The Printhead is out of alignment.
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.584)
Drying documents stacked on each other may cause To avoid uneven colors, we recommend drying each
uneven colors.
sheet separately.
Troubleshooting 667
Problems with the printing quality
Problems with the printing quality caused by the type
of paper
For paper-specic troubleshooting tips to improve the printing quality, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.108)
Lines are misaligned
Cause
The Printhead alignment is not adjusted.
Corrective Action
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.584)
(→P.586)
The length of printed images is inaccurate
Cause
Corrective Action
In the printer menu, Band Joint is specied in Feed
Priority .
To ensure the feed amount matches the paper size,
select Print Length in Feed Priority in the printer
menu and enter the amount for adjustment in Adjust
Length . You can adjust the feed amount in 0.02%
increments. (→P.49)
Documents are printed in monochrome
Cause
Corrective Action
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
Monochrome or Monochrome (Photo) , is specied specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again.
in Color Mode .
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
668 Troubleshooting
Print a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and
see if they are clogged.
(→P.623)
Problems with the printing quality
Printed colors are inaccurate
Cause
Corrective Action
Color adjustment has not been activated in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
access Color Settings in Color Mode to adjust
colors.
Colors have not been adjusted on the computer or
monitor.
Refer to the computer and monitor documentation
to adjust the colors.
Adjust the settings of the color management software,
referring to the software documentation as needed.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if
they are clogged.
(→P.623)
In the printer driver, Application Color Matching
Priority is not selected.
Click Special Settings on the Layout sheet of the
printer driver and select Application Color Matching
Priority in the dialog box.
There may be a slight difference in how colors are
printed after you replace the Printhead because of
individual variation among Printheads .
Execute color calibration.
Printhead characteristics gradually change through
repeated use, and colors may change.
Execute color calibration.
Color may change slightly even on the same model Follow these steps to prepare the printing
of printer if you use a different version of the rmware environment.
or printer driver, or when you print under different
1. Use the same version of rmware or printer driver.
settings or in a different printing environment.
2. Specify the same value for all settings items.
3. Execute color calibration.
The region selection of the Media Conguration Tool Perform color calibration again using paper supported
was changed when you reinstalled the printer driver. in the newly selected region and compatible with
If you change the region selection of the Media
color calibration.
Conguration Tool , region-specic paper information
originally registered on the printer before installation
will be deleted. If the information of paper you used
for color calibration is deleted, such color calibration
can no longer be applied to any type of paper.
Troubleshooting 669
Problems with the printing quality
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen suction is too strong.
Set VacuumStrngth to Weakest . (→P.595)
The Printhead is set too high.
Lower the Printhead . (→P.588)
Documents are printed crooked
Cause
Corrective Action
Skew Skew Check Lv. has been set to Loose or
Off .
Choose Standard in Skew Check Lv. .
Width Detection has been set to Off .
Choose On in Width Detection .
White dots about 1 mm (0.039 in) apart appear on printed
documents, in the direction paper is fed.
Cause
Corrective Action
The media type setting is incorrect.
After you select the correct media type, clean the
parts used in paper feeding (spurs).
(→P.162)
(→P.124)
(→P.644)
Parts used in paper feeding (spurs) are soiled.
Clean the Spurs.
(→P.644)
Immediately After Borderless Printing, the Trailing Edge
Margin is Soiled During Regular Printing
Cause
Corrective Action
Depending on your printing environment, after
Follow these steps to set the Between Pages setting
borderless printing in which the leading and trailing
of Drying Time in a range of 30 seconds to 3 minutes
edge of the roll is cut automatically, any ink adhering before borderless printing.
to the cutter unit may rub off on the next printed
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click
document.
Settings in Media Type .
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages
list of Drying Time .
670 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper
Cause
A document was removed after printing from
the Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the
Load/Eject button.
Corrective Action
Following the instructions, press the Load/Eject
button, remove the paper, and then press the OK
button.
Wipe away any soiling on the rollers. (→P.640)
(→P.643)
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows)
Cause
In the Special Settings dialog box of the Windows
printer driver, Fast Graphic Process is selected.
Corrective Action
Open the printer driver’s Properties dialog box from
Print in the application software’s File menu, and try
printing following the steps below.
1. Remove the check from Open Preview When
Print Job Starts in the Main sheet.
2. Remove the check from Page Layout in the
Layout sheet.
3. Click the Special Settings button in the Layout
sheet to open the Special Settings dialog
box, and remove the check from Fast Graphic
Process .
Troubleshooting 671
Installation problems
Installation problems
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly
In Windows, the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the
IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver.
If so, reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows.
Important
• This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP. The name of the wizard may be different
in other operating systems.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Right-click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window.
On the Hardware sheet, click Device Manager to display the Device Manager window.
Right-click Other Devices icon and choose Properties.
On the Driver sheet, click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard (or the Upgrade
Device Driver Wizard.)
5.
6.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the CD-ROM
drive. Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions
on the screen.
The device/interface driver is installed.
The device is detected, and the New Hardware Wizard (or Add New Hardware Wizard )
is started.
7.
8.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the printer
driver folder.
Choose the CD-ROM drive > Driver > WinXP_2K > Driver, and click OK. (For Windows
2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003)
9.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
The printer driver is installed.
672 Troubleshooting
Installation problems
Removing Installed Printer Drivers
Follow the steps below to remove installed printer drivers and utilities.
Removing printer drivers (Windows)
Remove the printer driver as follows.
Note
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights such as “Administrator” account.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > Canon Printer Uninstaller >
imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window.
2.
3.
4.
Select the printer in the list and click Delete.
Click Yes in the Warning message dialog box.
Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list, and click Exit.
Removing Printer Drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor
(Macintosh)
Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows.
1.
2.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer in the CD-ROM drive.
Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD-ROM.
For Mac OS X, open OS X and double-click iPF Driver Installer X.
For Mac OS 9, open OS 9 and double-click iPF Driver Installer 9.
3.
4.
In the upper-left menu, choose Uninstall, and click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor.
Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)
Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Status Monitor >
Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Status Monitor) to start the wizard.
2.
3.
In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor.
Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (Windows)
Remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility as follows.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility >
Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility) to start the wizard.
2.
3.
In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Troubleshooting 673
Clearing jammed paper
Clearing jammed paper
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper
If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel.
Remove the jammed paper as follows.
Note
• For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed
Slot, see “Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)”. (→P.142)
1.
Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the
loaded roll.
Caution
• When cutting paper, be careful to avoid scratching the printer.
2.
Press Load/Eject button.
674 Troubleshooting
Clearing jammed paper
3.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
Troubleshooting 675
Clearing jammed paper
• If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot
1. Open the Roll Paper Unit Cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper
is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.677), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the
paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
4.
Press OK.
676 Troubleshooting
Clearing jammed paper
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
2.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (→P.147)
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (→P.148)
Troubleshooting 677
Clearing jammed paper
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)
Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or
roll paper.
1.
2.
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp.
Press the Load/Eject button.
A screen is displayed for paper type selection.
3.
Select POP Board and press the OK button.
A screen is displayed for paper size selection.
4.
Select the desired size and press the OK button.
Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel, but instead of following
them, follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper.
5.
6.
Open the Top Cover.
Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the
scrap out toward the Platen.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.
If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.
Close the Top Cover.
Turn the printer off. (→P.19)
678 Troubleshooting
Clearing jammed paper
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray
If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper jam. is shown on the Display Screen of the Control
Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
1.
Press Load/Eject.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side manually.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
Troubleshooting 679
Clearing jammed paper
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is
jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.681), remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
680 Troubleshooting
Clearing jammed paper
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press OK button.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer.
(→P.147)
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again.
(→P.148)
Troubleshooting 681
If the Printer makes a strange sound
If the Printer makes a strange sound
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound
The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer.
• There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen
To prevent paper from rising, paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it.
• Roll paper makes a uttering sound during printing
There may be a uttering sound when large paper is advanced.
• If you suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations
At regular intervals, for printer maintenance, cleaning operations will begin automatically, even if the
printer is in Sleep mode.
In other cases, contact your Canon dealer.
682 Troubleshooting
Other problems
Other problems
The printer consumes a lot of ink
Cause
Corrective Action
Many full-page color images are printed.
In print jobs such as photos, images are lled with
color. This consumes a lot of ink. This does not
indicate a problem with the printer.
Head Cleaning B is used often.
Head Cleaning B consumes a lot of ink. This does
not indicate a problem with the printer. Unless the
printer has been moved or stored for a long period
or you are troubleshooting Printhead problems, we
recommend not performing Head Cleaning B , to
the extent possible.
You have just nished initial installation, when more
ink is consumed to ll the system.
After initial installation or at the rst-time use after
transfer, ink ows into the system between the Ink
Tank and Printhead , which may cause the ink level
indicators to drop to 80%. This does not indicate a
problem with the printer.
A message to check the Maintenance Cartridge is not
cleared after you replace the Maintenance Cartridge
Cause
The printer has not detected the new Maintenance
Cartridge .
Corrective Action
Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have
just installed and insert it again rmly.
Restart the printer.
Paper is not cut straight
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper is bent or curled at the cut position.
Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper.
Paper rises by the ends of the cut position before
it is cut.
Reload the paper correctly.
Paper cannot be cut
Cause
Corrective Action
The printed document became caught on a foreign
Remove the foreign object by the Output Tray to
object by the Output Tray , which lifted the document. enable the printer to eject the printed document,
The Cutter passed under the paper.
keeping it level.
In the printer driver, No or Print Cut Guideline is
specied in Auto Cut .
Specify Yes in Auto Cut in the printer driver.
In MAIN MENU , Eject or Manual is specied in
Cutting Mode .
Specify Automatic in Cutting Mode in MAIN MENU .
Troubleshooting 683
Other problems
Depression on the leading edge is left
Cause
Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without
printing on it may leave a depression on the leading
edge.
Corrective Action
When printing quality is most important, we
recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or
Automatic so that the paper edge is automatically
cut before printing.
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper
Cause
A document was removed after printing from
the Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the
Load/Eject button.
Corrective Action
Following the instructions, press the Load/Eject
button, remove the paper, and then press the OK
button.
Wipe away any soiling on the rollers. (→P.640)
(→P.643)
The printer does not go on
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is unplugged.
Plug the power cord into the outlet, and then turn on
the printer.
The specied voltage is not supplied.
Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker.
For information on the specied voltage, see
“Specications”. (→P.72)
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot
Cause
Corrective Action
The roll paper is warped.
Straighten out curls and reload the roll.
The roll was pulled out by force when it had been
advanced before printing, and this action closed the
Paper Feed Slot .
Hold down the Load/Eject button for a while and
reload the roll.
Cannot Load Sheets
Cause
The paper source selection is incorrect.
684 Troubleshooting
Corrective Action
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the
Cut Sheet lamp .
Other problems
Ink level detection
Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied.
Ink level detection
Ink Tanks (→P.613) specied for this printer feature an ink level detection function to prevent the ink from
running out during printing, which prevents printer damage.
This function will not work correctly if you use rell ink tanks. As a result, printing stops. Thus, before using
rell ink tanks, you must cancel the ink level detection.
Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems. Canon Inc.
is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of relling ink.
Caution
• After ink level detection has been disabled, this function cannot be reactivated for the currently loaded
Ink Tank. To use ink level detection again, replace the Ink Tank with a new ink tank specied for use
with the printer.
• Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and
the printer, which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage the printer.
Disabling Ink Level Detection
1.
On the Display Screen, a message indicates that the ink level cannot be detected.
2.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Information, and then press the OK button.
A conrmation message is shown on the Display Screen about disabling ink level detection.
3.
Press ► and check the message on the Display Screen.
Troubleshooting 685
Other problems
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A conrmation message is shown on the Display Screen.
5.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A conrmation message about updating ink information is shown on the Display Screen.
6.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Ink level detection is now disabled, and the printer goes online.
686 Troubleshooting
Responding to Messages
Error Message
Responding to Messages
Responding to Error Messages
Warning messages
Warning messages are shown on lines 2-4 of the Display Screen.
Although warning messages do not prevent printer operation, you should check the message and take the
appropriate action. (→P.689)
Error messages (if action can be taken)
Error messages are indicated on the Display Screen if you must respond before the printer can resume
operation.
Check the message and take the appropriate action. (→P.689)
Error messages (if no action can be taken)
In the following situations, turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power.
If the message is still displayed, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer, and contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
• The error message is displayed with the following instructions: Turn off printer, wait, then turn on
again.
• “ERROR” is displayed, followed by the error code and Call for service.
Error Message 687
Responding to Messages
Other Messages
These messages do not prevent printer operation. Check the information on the Display Screen and take
action as necessary. Messages requiring special attention are as follows:
Note
• Messages are also displayed in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows) or imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor (Macintosh).
688 Error Message
Responding to Messages
Error Messages
Warning messages
Warning messages are shown on lines 2-4 of the Display Screen.
Although warning messages do not prevent printer operation, you should check the message and take
the appropriate action.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number) (→P.709)
Ink Level: Check (→P.701)
End of paper feed. (→P.698)
Prepare for parts replacement. (→P.709)
Parts replacement time has passed. (→P.709)
Problem with Printhead x (x is L, R, or LR) (→P.707)
Prepare for maint cart replacement. (→P.708)
Paper Mismatch (→P.691)
Papr Size Mismatch (→P.692)
Papr Type Mismatch (→P.691)
Error messages (if action can be taken)
Check the message and take the appropriate action.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ink tank is empty. (→P.703)
Ink insufcient. (→P.702)
No ink tank loaded. (→P.701)
Ink tank error. (→P.703)
Top cover is open. (→P.709)
Sheet printing is selected. (→P.694)
Cannot calibrate. (→P.705)
Cannot feed paper. (→P.695)
Insufcient paper for job (→P.693)
Use another paper. (→P.704)
This paper cannot be used. (→P.692)
Cannot print as specied. (→P.704)
Manual printing is selected, but a roll is loaded. (→P.695)
Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type. (→P.695)
Cannot adjust band. (→P.704)
Unknown le. (→P.709)
Borderless printng not possible. (→P.696)
x printhead error (x is Left or Right) (→P.707)
x printhead needs cleaning. (x is Left or Right) (→P.706)
PHeads: wrong pos. (→P.706)
Cannot adjust printhead. (→P.705)
Multi-sensor error (→P.710)
Maintenance cartridge problem. (→P.708)
Maintenance cartridge full. (→P.708)
No maintenance cartridge. (→P.708)
No Maintenance Cartridge capacity. (→P.708)
Paper Mismatch (→P.691)
Paper jam. (→P.699)
Paper loaded askew. (→P.697)
Error Message 689
Responding to Messages
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Papr Size Mismatch (→P.692)
Paper size not detected. (→P.697)
Papr Type Mismatch (→P.691)
Cannot feed paper. (→P.698)
Cannot cut paper. (→P.699)
Cannot detect papr (→P.698)
Roll printing is selected. (→P.694)
Roll printing is selected, but sheets are loaded. (→P.694)
The roll is empty. (→P.700)
Roll feed unit err (→P.700)
No Roll Feed Unit. (→P.700)
Error messages (if no action can be taken)
• Hardware error. xxxxxxxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number) (→P.710)
• ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number) (→P.709)
Other Messages
These messages do not prevent printer operation. Check the information on the Display Screen and take
action as necessary. Messages requiring special attention are as follows:
• Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected. (→P.703)
• Excessive temperature or humidity. (→P.705)
• Cannot execute this command. Use other paper. (→P.704)
690 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
Messages regarding paper
Paper Mismatch
Cause
Corrective Action
You printed a test pattern for printer adjustment on
several sheets, but sheets of different types or sizes
of paper were used.
When printing a test pattern, use sheets of the same
type and size of paper.
Papr Type Mismatch
Cause
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver.
Corrective Action
Make sure the same type of paper is specied on the
printer as in the printer driver.
(→P.80)
(→P.85)
Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches
on the printer and in the printer driver.
1. Hold down the Stop button for a second or more
to cancel printing.
2. Either change the type of paper specied in the
printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper
and change the paper type setting on the printer.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
However, this may cause a paper jam or printing
problem.
*Printing will continue if you have set Detect Mismatch to Warning or None.
Error Message 691
Messages regarding paper
Papr Size Mismatch
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper size as specied on the If you have selected Fit Roll Paper
printer does not match the size
Width in the printer driver settings
specied in the printer driver.
and Warning in Detect Mismatch
in the printer menu:
Printing resumes after the warning
message is displayed. However,
note that this error may cause
paper jams and affect the printing
quality. Try printing again after
adjusting the paper size as
specied in the printer driver and
the size specied on the printer so
that they match.
If you have selected Fit Roll Paper Follow the steps below to ensure
Width in the printer driver settings the paper size matches on the
and Pause in Detect Mismatch in printer and in the printer driver.
the printer menu:
1. Hold down the Stop button for
a second or more to cancel
printing.
2. Load paper of the same size as
you have specied in the printer
driver.
3. Change the paper size in the
printer driver and try printing
again.
Press the Online button to resume
printing.
However, this may cause a paper
jam or printing problem.
This paper cannot be used.
Check supported paper sizes.
Cause
Corrective Action
The loaded paper is too large for the printer.
Load paper of the correct size.
(→P.113)
The loaded paper is too small for the printer.
Load paper of the correct size.
(→P.113)
Paper has been loaded that is too small to print
the test pattern for printhead adjustment or nozzle
checking.
Load unused paper A4/Letter-sized or larger. More
than one sheet may be required depending on the
adjustment.
692 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
Insufcient paper for job
Cause
The printer has received a print job longer than the
amount of roll paper left.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to replace the roll.
1. Remove the roll.
(→P.122)
(→P.118)
2. Load a roll with enough paper left.
(→P.116)
(→P.119)
3. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper type.
(→P.124)
4. Select the paper length, unless a barcode was
printed on the roll and you have deactivated
automatic detection of the remaining roll paper.
(→P.125)
Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to
cancel printing.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
However, the roll paper may run out during the
print job and you may not be able to print all of the
document.
Error Message 693
Messages regarding paper
Roll printing is selected, but sheets are loaded.
Cause
A print job for rolls was received when a sheet is
loaded.
Corrective Action
Press the OK button and remove the sheet.
(→P.164)
Load a roll and try printing again.
(→P.80)
Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to
cancel printing.
Roll printing is selected.
Cause
You have attempted to print a test print sheet or
other printer status information on a roll, but no roll
is loaded.
Corrective Action
Load a roll and try printing again.
To print on a sheet instead, hold the Stop button for
more than a second to cancel printing, load a sheet,
and then print. (→P.85)
Sheet printing is selected.
Cause
Corrective Action
You have attempted to print a test print sheet or other Load a sheet and try printing again.
printer status information on a sheet, but no sheet
To print on a roll instead, hold the Stop button for
is loaded.
more than a second to cancel printing, load a roll,
and then print. (→P.80)
694 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type.
Cause
Corrective Action
The Paper Feed Slot where paper is loaded does not Try printing again after changing the settings in the
match the Paper Feed Slot specied as the paper
printer driver so that the Paper Feed Slot where paper
source.
is loaded matches the Paper Feed Slot specied as
the paper source. (→P.85)
Manual printing is selected, but a roll is loaded.
Cause
A print job for manually printing on sheets was sent
when a roll is loaded.
Corrective Action
Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to
cancel printing.
Load paper of the type and size you have specied in
the printer driver. (→P.85)
Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to
cancel printing. Change the printer driver settings to
match the roll already loaded, and then try printing
again.
Cannot feed paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper has come out of the printer.
Remove the paper, press the Load/Eject button, and
reload the paper.
A paper jam has occurred.
Press the Load/Eject button, remove the jammed
paper, and reload paper.
If the error occurs again, turn off the printer and wait
a while before restoring power.
Error Message 695
Messages regarding paper
Borderless printng not possible.
Check roll width and spacers.
Cause
The paper is loaded askew.
Corrective Action
Insert the paper and Spacer for Borderless Printing
rmly all the way into the printer.
When using A1 or A2 rolls, attach the Spacer for
Borderless Printing before loading the roll.
(→P.144)
When using sizes other than A1 or A2, remove the
Spacer for Borderless Printing before loading the roll.
(→P.144)
The paper loaded is not compatible with borderless
printing.
Load paper compatible with borderless printing and
try printing again. Paper you can use for borderless
printing is restricted to particular types of paper and
rolls of particular widths. For information on types of
paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the
Paper Reference Guide . (→P.108)
Because paper expands or contracts depending on Use each type of paper only where the recommended
the environment of use, it may become narrower or environmental conditions are met. For details on
wider than the supported width for borderless printing. environmental conditions for various paper, see the
Paper Reference Guide . (→P.108)
Check supported paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
The print job received species a type or width of
paper that is not compatible with borderless printing.
Follow these steps to change the settings of the print
job to enable borderless printing.
1. Hold down the Stop button for a second or more
to cancel printing.
2. Make sure the correct printer driver for the printer
is selected and try printing again.
For information on types of paper compatible with
borderless printing, refer to the Paper Reference
Guide . (→P.108)
If you press the Online button and continue printing,
the document will be printed with a border.
696 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
Paper loaded askew.
Cause
Paper has been loaded askew.
Corrective Action
Follow these steps to reload a roll.
1. Remove the crooked paper.
2. Press the Load/Eject button and reload the roll.
(→P.119)
Follow these step to reload a sheet.
1. Remove the crooked paper.
2. Press the Load/Eject button and reload the sheet.
(→P.156)
Note
• To disable this message (if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper, for example), choose Off
or Loose in the Skew Check Lv. setting of the printer menu. However, this may cause jams if paper
is crooked when printed. Also, the Platen may become soiled, which may soil the back of the next
document when it is printed.
Paper size not detected.
Cause
Paper has been loaded askew, or warped paper has
been loaded.
Corrective Action
Reload paper straight, in the correct position.
(→P.119)
(→P.156)
Error Message 697
Messages regarding paper
Cannot detect papr
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper has come out of the printer.
Remove the paper that has come out of the printer,
press the Load/Eject button, and reload the paper.
(→P.80)
(→P.85)
A paper jam occurred in the printer.
Remove the jammed paper, press the Load/Eject
button, and reload paper.
(→P.138)
(→P.166)
The roll cannot be correctly detected.
Rewind the roll manually until the paper caught in
the rollers is completely out of the rollers. Press the
Load/Eject button and reload the roll.
End of paper feed.
Cause
You are pressing the ▲ button on the Control Panel
and trying to rewind the roll to the edge.
Corrective Action
Release the ▲ button.
Cannot feed paper.
Cause
The sheet cannot be fed correctly.
698 Error Message
Corrective Action
Reload the sheet straight, in the correct position.
(→P.156)
Messages regarding paper
Paper jam.
Cause
Corrective Action
A paper jam occurred in the printer during printing.
Press the Load/Eject button and remove the jammed
paper.
(→P.138)
(→P.166)
You have loaded and printed on a roll when sheets
are selected as the paper source on the Control
Panel .
Press the Load/Eject button, remove the roll, and
load a sheet. Otherwise, select the roll as the media
source on the Control Panel and reload the roll.
Cannot cut paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
There are sheets left on the Ejection Guide .
Remove the paper.
There is a foreign object by the Output Tray ,
obstructing the Cutter Unit .
Remove the foreign object.
You are not using the printer under the recommended Use the printer only where the recommended
environmental conditions for the paper.
environmental conditions for the paper are met.
Note that various environmental conditions are
recommended for various types of paper. For details
on the recommended environmental conditions for
paper, see “Types of Paper”. (→P.108)
You are using paper that is not compatible with
automatic cutting.
Cut the roll manually.
(→P.129)
The Cutter Unit stops in the middle of cutting.
Move the Cutter Unit to the left, and then remove the
roll paper. If the roll cannot be cut using the Cutter
Unit , cut the roll manually.
(→P.129)
In other cases, the Cutter Unit may be damaged.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Error Message 699
Messages regarding paper
The roll is empty.
Cause
There is no more paper left on the roll.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to replace the used roll with a
new roll of the same type and size.
1. Remove the roll.
(→P.122)
(→P.118)
2. Load the new roll.
(→P.119)
3. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper type.
(→P.124)
4. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper length.
(→P.125)
Roll feed unit err
Cause
The Roll Feed Unit is not working.
Corrective Action
Turn off the printer, remove the Roll Feed Unit
momentarily, and then reinstall it.
(→P.147)
(→P.148)
If the message is still displayed after you do this,
contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
No Roll Feed Unit.
Cause
The printer has received a print job that species
rolls, but the Roll Feed Unit is not installed.
700 Error Message
Corrective Action
Install the Roll Feed Unit and resend the print job.
(→P.148)
Messages regarding ink
Messages regarding ink
Ink Level: Check
Cause
Not much ink is left.
Corrective Action
Prepare a new Ink Tank .
We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink
Tank at this point if you plan to print large-format or
high-quantity jobs.
No ink tank loaded.
Cause
Corrective Action
There is no Ink Tank of the indicated color in the
printer.
Load or reload the Ink Tank .
(→P.614)
There is a problem with the Ink Tank .
Replace it with a new Ink Tank .
(→P.614)
Error Message 701
Messages regarding ink
Ink insufcient.
Cause
Corrective Action
The ink level is low, so you cannot clean the
Printhead .
Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is
low with a new Ink Tank .
(→P.614)
The ink level is low, so there may not be enough ink
to nish printing.
Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is
low with a new Ink Tank .
(→P.614)
You can print until the ink runs out by pressing the
Online button. However, if the ink runs out during
printing, the following situation will occur depending
on the position of the leading edge when it passes
through the printer.
1. Ink tank is empty. is displayed and printing
stops. Press the Stop button to cancel printing,
or press the OK button, replace the ink tank that
is low with a new one, and continue printing.
However, note that because printing is paused,
colors may be slightly different. (→P.614)
2. Ink tank empty. Canceling printing of this
page. is displayed and printing stops. After the
paper is ejected, press the OK button and replace
the ink tank that is low with a new one. (→P.614)
702 Error Message
Messages regarding ink
Ink tank is empty.
Cause
There is no ink left.
Corrective Action
Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank
for which the Ink Lamp is ashing.
(→P.614)
Ink tank error.
Cause
The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible.
Corrective Action
Load an Ink Tank specied for use with the printer.
(→P.614)
Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected.
Cause
Ink level detection cannot work correctly if you use
rell ink tanks.
Corrective Action
The rell ink tank can no longer be used. See the
section “Ink level detection” and take the appropriate
action. (→P.685)
Error Message 703
Messages regarding printing or adjusment
Messages regarding printing or adjusment
Use another paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
The Printhead and feed amount cannot be adjusted
when highly transparent lm is loaded.
For automatic Printhead adjustment, we recommend
using a type of paper that you often use, other than
lm.
(→P.584)
Adjust the feed amount manually.
(→P.592)
Cannot execute this command. Use other paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
The loaded paper cannot be used for color calibration. Load paper compatible with color calibration.*1 See
"Paper Reference Guide ." (→P.108)
*1: Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment cannot
be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
Cannot print as specied.
Press Load/Eject and replace paper with A4/LTR (vertical) or larger
Cause
The loaded paper is too small.
Corrective Action
Press the Load/Eject button and switch to paper A4/Letter,
vertical, or larger.
Press Load/Eject and replace roll with 10 in. wide or larger roll.
Cause
The loaded paper is too small.
Corrective Action
Press the Load/Eject button and load a roll at least 10
inches (254 mm) wide.
Cannot adjust band.
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.623)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.624)
Highly transparent lm is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually.
for feed amount adjustment.
(→P.592)
704 Error Message
Messages regarding printing or adjusment
Cannot adjust printhead.
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.623)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.624)
Highly transparent lm is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often
for Printhead adjustment.
use, other than lm, for Printhead adjustment.
(→P.584)
Excessive temperature or humidity.
Cause
The temperature or humidity where the printer is
installed is out of the acceptable range for printer
operation.
Corrective Action
Press the Stop button and stop printing.
Use the printer in an environment that meets the
requirements for the operating environment. Note
that various environmental conditions are also
recommended for various types of paper. For details
on the recommended environmental conditions for
paper, see "Paper Reference Guide ." (→P.108)
Press the OK button and complete color calibration.
However, calibration may not be completed
successfully.
Cannot calibrate.
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper for printing a test pattern for adjustment is Load unused paper compatible with color calibration.
soiled. Otherwise, colored paper is loaded.
(→P.108)
The printed test pattern is faint.
Take steps to remedy the faint printing.
(→P.663)
Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on
the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction.
Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when
exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting.
Error Message 705
Messages regarding printheads
Messages regarding printheads
Cannot adjust printhead.
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.623)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.624)
Highly transparent lm is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often
for Printhead adjustment.
use, other than lm, for Printhead adjustment.
(→P.584)
Cannot adjust band.
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.623)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.624)
Highly transparent lm is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually.
for feed amount adjustment.
(→P.592)
x printhead needs cleaning. (x is Left or Right)
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Corrective Action
Specify Printhead cleaning options. (→P.624)
If the message is still displayed after you execute
Head Cleaning B two or three times, contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
PHeads: wrong pos.
Cause
Corrective Action
The left Printhead is installed in the right position and Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds
vice versa.
before restoring the power. If the message is
displayed again, contact your Canon dealer for
assistance.
706 Error Message
Messages regarding printheads
Problem with Printhead x (x is L, R, or LR)
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are becoming clogged.
Corrective Action
If printing is faint, clean the Printhead . (→P.624)
x printhead error (x is Left or Right)
Cause
Corrective Action
An incompatible Printhead has been installed.
Install a Printhead specied for use with the printer. If
“Printhead L” is displayed, install the Printhead L ; if
“Printhead R” is displayed, install the Printhead R .
(→P.625)
There is a problem with the Printhead .
Open the Top Cover . If the Carriage is over the
Platen , replace the Printhead with a new one. If
“Printhead L” is displayed, replace the Printhead L ; if
“Printhead R” is displayed, replace the Printhead R .
(→P.625)
If, after opening the Top Cover , you see that the
Carriage is not over the Platen , follow the steps
below.
1. Close the Top Cover and press the Online button.
2. If “Printhead L” is displayed, install the Printhead L
; if “Printhead R” is displayed, install the Printhead
R.
(→P.625)
Error Message 707
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge
No maintenance cartridge.
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is not installed.
Corrective Action
Install the Maintenance Cartridge .
(→P.632)
Prepare for maint cart replacement.
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full.
Corrective Action
You can continue to print, but prepare a new
Maintenance Cartridge to use when the message for
replacement is displayed.
No Maintenance Cartridge capacity.
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge cannot absorb enough
ink for Printhead cleaning or other operation.
Corrective Action
After conrming that the printer has stopped
operating, replace the Maintenance Cartridge .
(→P.632)
Maintenance cartridge full.
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is full.
Corrective Action
After conrming that the printer has stopped
operating, replace the Maintenance Cartridge .
(→P.632)
Maintenance cartridge problem.
Cause
Corrective Action
An incompatible or used Maintenance Cartridge has
been installed.
Install an unused Maintenance Cartridge specied for
use with the printer.
(→P.632)
708 Error Message
Other Messages
Other Messages
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)
Cause
There is a problem with the print job.
Corrective Action
Try printing again, using the correct printer driver.
It is also possible to continue printing in this state.
However, you may not be able to obtain the desired
printing results.
Top cover is open.
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer has detected that the Top Cover is open.
Open the Top Cover fully, remove any foreign objects,
and close the Top Cover again.
If the error occurs again, turn off the printer and wait
a while before restoring power.
ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number)
In the following situations, turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power.
If the message is still displayed, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer, and contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
• “ERROR” is displayed, followed by the error code and Call for service.
Unknown le.
Cause
Invalid data format.
Corrective Action
Check the print job and resend it.
Prepare for parts replacement.
Cause
It is almost time to replace consumables for which
service is required.
Corrective Action
If Parts replacement time has passed. is displayed,
you can continue to use the printer for some time.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Parts replacement time has passed.
Cause
It is past the recommended time to replace
consumables for which service is required.
Corrective Action
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Error Message 709
Other Messages
Multi-sensor error
Cause
Corrective Action
Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on
the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction.
Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when
exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting.
The performance of a sensor inside the printer may
be impaired.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Roll feed unit err
Cause
The Roll Feed Unit is not working.
Corrective Action
Turn off the printer, remove the Roll Feed Unit
momentarily, and then reinstall it.
(→P.147)
(→P.148)
If the message is still displayed after you do this,
contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
No Roll Feed Unit.
Cause
The printer has received a print job that species
rolls, but the Roll Feed Unit is not installed.
Corrective Action
Install the Roll Feed Unit and resend the print job.
(→P.148)
Hardware error. xxxxxxxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or
number)
In the following situations, turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power. However,
keep the printer off and remove the roll if the last portion of roll paper was used during a print job and paper
could not be advanced because the trailing edge is taped to the roll. If tape and the Belt Stopper have not
been removed from inside the Top Cover, turn off the printer, open the Top Cover, and remove the tape
and Belt Stopper before restoring power.
If the message is still displayed, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer, and contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
• The error message is displayed with the following instructions: Turn off printer, wait, then turn on
again.
710 Error Message
Index
Index
A
B
A message to check the Maintenance Cartridge
is not cleared after you replace the Maintenance
Cartridge..................................................................683
About This User Manual..............................................1
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS 9)..........................................535
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS X)......................................... 511
Back............................................................................9
Banding in different colors occurs...........................666
Basic Environmental Performance............................77
Packaging materials............................................77
Printer..................................................................77
Basic Printing Workflow.............................................80
Borderless Printing..................................................297
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Windows)................................... 473, 611
Borderless Printing at Actual Size...................279, 301
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the
Operating System Menu (Windows)................149, 475
Borderless Printing Method.......................279, 301
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)......................528
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X).....................505
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets.......598
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver..................184
Color Adjustment...............................................184
Color Mode........................................................184
Gray Tone Adjustment.......................................187
Matching............................................................185
Adjusting the feed amount.......................................589
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically...............589
Adjusting the feed amount during printing.........591
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually......................592
Adjusting the feed amount during printing.........594
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better
Accuracy..................................................................596
Adjusting the Printhead...........................................584
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically....584
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually...........586
Adjusting the Printhead Height................................588
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength...............................595
An error message is shown on the Display
Screen.....................................................................662
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder................144
Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing....145
Mounting the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment....144
Removing the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment...144
Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing...145
Borderless Printing....................................279, 301
Print Image with Actual Size......................280, 302
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Mac OS 9)......................................................286, 308
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Mac OS X)......................................................283, 305
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Windows).......................................................281, 303
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width................................................................299
Borderless Printing............................................299
Borderless Printing Method...............................299
Scale to fit Roll Paper Width..............................300
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Mac OS 9).............................................317
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Mac OS X)............................................314
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Windows)..............................................312
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Mac OS 9).....................................326
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Mac OS X).....................................323
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Windows).......................................321
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size.....297
Borderless Printing............................................297
Borderless Printing Method...............................297
Fit Media Size....................................................298
Borderless printng not possible...............................696
Check roll width and spacers............................696
Check supported paper.....................................696
By selecting color tones on Charts before printing
(Windows)...............................................................604
Index 711
Index
C
Cleaning the Printhead....................................624, 647
Cleaning the Printhead..............................624, 647
Canceling print jobs...................................................99
Clearing jammed paper...........................................674
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9......................105
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)....142, 678
Canceling background print jobs.......................105
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray...........166, 679
Canceling foreground print jobs........................106
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper..........................138, 674
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X......................103
Color adjustment.....................................................600
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel............99
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)..................537
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows........................101
Color Adjustment pane: color............................537
Cannot adjust band.........................................704, 706
Matching pane...................................................539
Cannot adjust printhead..................................705, 706
Object Adjustment dialog box............................538
Cannot calibrate......................................................705
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)..................512
Cannot connect the printer to the network..............657
Color Adjustment pane: color............................512
Cannot cut paper.....................................................699
Matching pane...................................................513
Cannot detect papr..................................................698
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9)......540
Cannot execute this command. Use other paper....704
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome...............540
Cannot feed paper...........................................695, 698
Object Adjustment dialog box............................541
Cannot Load Sheets................................................684
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X)......514
Cannot print as specified.........................................704
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome...............514
Cannot print over a NetWare network.....................661
Color Settings Sheet: Color (Windows)...................477
Cannot print over a network....................................657
Color Adjustment : color....................................477
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network........................659
Light Source Check Tool...................................482
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks...660
Carriage.....................................................................13
Matching sheet: Ambient Light Matching Mode
(Kyuanos)..........................................................481
Centering originals..................................................378
Matching sheet: Driver Matching Mode.............479
Checking for Nozzle Clogging.................................623
Matching sheet: ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM
Mode, and Host ICM Mode...............................480
Checking Ink Tank Levels........................................620
Checking the Layout Before Printing.......................495
Preview (Macintosh)..........................................495
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)...496
Checking the Print Quality.......................................622
Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge
Capacity..................................................................637
Object Adjustment dialog box............................478
Color Settings Sheet: Monochrome (Windows)......483
Color Adjustment : monochrome.......................483
Object Adjustment dialog box............................484
Colors in printed images are uneven.......................667
Configuring NetWare Network Settings...................566
Choosing a Paper for Printing.................................172
Configuring the Communication Mode Manually.....658
If the paper type is not listed for selection.........172
Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................574
Media type.........................................................172
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Mac OS 9)............................................195
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Mac OS X)............................................192
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Windows).............................................190
Activating AppleTalk on the printer....................574
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS 9)............575
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS X)...........576
Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................582
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover................................640
Configuring the Destination for TCP/IP Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................578
Cleaning Spurs Used in Paper Feeding..................644
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS 9)............578
Cleaning the Paper Retainer...................................643
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS X)...........580
Cleaning the Printer.................................................639
Configuring the IP Address on the Printer...............547
Cleaning the Printer Exterior...................................639
Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING
Commands..............................................................552
712 Index
Index
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility.........................................471, 571
Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer
Control Panel...........................................................551
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination
(Macintosh)..............................................................573
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper
Automatically...........................................................128
D
Depression on the leading edge is left....................684
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination
(Windows)...............................................................567
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper...................127
Configuring the Printer's AppleTalk Network
Settings...................................................................572
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)...........................462
Configuring the Printer's NetWare Network
Settings...................................................................557
Documents are printed crooked..............................670
Configuring the Printer's TCP/IP Network
Settings...................................................................549
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS 9).....................518
Checking a preview of the settings....................518
Checking a print preview...................................519
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)...........................527
Digital Photo Front-Access......................................472
Documents are printed in monochrome..................668
E
Email Notification When Printing is Finished or
Errors Occur............................................................556
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS X).....................493
End of paper feed....................................................698
Checking a preview of the settings....................493
Enhanced Printing Options......................................172
Checking a print preview...................................494
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
(x represents a letter or number).............................709
Confirming Print Settings (Windows).......................443
Checking a preview of the settings....................443
Checking a print preview...................................444
Error Message.........................................................687
Error Messages.......................................................689
Error messages (if action can be taken)............689
Confirming the Print Image Before Printing.............485
Error messages (if no action can be taken).......690
Conserving roll paper..............................................395
Other Messages................................................690
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins.........................................396
No Spaces at Top or Bottom
(Conserve Paper)..............................................396
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)......................402
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)......................399
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Windows).......................397
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees...................................................................395
Warning messages............................................689
Excessive temperature or humidity..........................705
F
Favorites Sheet (Windows).....................................459
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit...................146
Feeding Roll Paper Manually..................................126
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................204
Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper)......395
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Mac OS X)..............................................................201
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Mac OS 9)...............................................409
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Windows)...............................................................198
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Mac OS X)...............................................406
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing
Photos (Mac OS 9)..................................................212
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Windows).................................................404
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing
Photos (Mac OS X).................................................209
Control Panel.......................................................15, 19
Fine-Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing
Photos (Windows)...................................................207
Correcting Print Misalignment.................................584
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing..............................421
Automatic Cutting..............................................421
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)..........427
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9).....................................525
Frequently Asked Questions...................................653
Front............................................................................8
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)..........425
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows)............424
Index 713
Index
G
Installation problems...............................................672
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)...................709
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup
Utility................................................................470, 570
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and
Colors for Printing....................................................173
Installing the Roll Feed Unit....................................148
Advanced Settings............................................173
Introduction..................................................................1
Color Settings....................................................175
Enhancing Printing Quality................................176
Print Priority.......................................................173
Print Quality.......................................................174
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS 9).........................526
Gray Adjustment................................................526
Gray Adjustment Pane (Mac OS X).........................504
Insufficient paper for job..........................................693
L
Layout Sheet (Windows).........................................456
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows).................671
Lines are misaligned...............................................668
Loading and Printing on Rolls...................................80
Gray Adjustment................................................504
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed
Slot............................................................................85
Gray Adjustment Sheet (Windows).........................458
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit......................... 119
Gray Adjustment................................................458
Loading Rolls on the Roll Paper Holder.................. 116
H
Loading Sheets Manually........................................156
Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper
Feed Slot...........................................................158
Handling Paper........................................................107
Handling rolls........................................................... 115
Handling sheets for paper feed slots.......................154
Hardware error. xxxxxxxx-xxxx
(x represents a letter or number).............................710
Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot........156
M
Mac OS 9................................................................517
How to use this manual...............................................1
Mac OS X................................................................492
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing.....................4
Main Menu Operations..............................................30
I
Accessing Menus................................................31
Executing menu commands................................34
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board.....................................71
Specifying menu items........................................32
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound.....................682
Specifying numerical values................................33
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding
Occurs.....................................................................670
Main Menu Settings...................................................49
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.....................469
Information..........................................................58
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh).....510, 534
Interface Setup....................................................54
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)...........468
Maintenance........................................................55
Immediately After Borderless Printing, the Trailing
Edge Margin is Soiled During Regular Printing.......670
Media Menu.........................................................50
Improving the Print Quality......................................622
System Setup......................................................56
Initializing the Network Settings..............................548
Main Menu Settings (During Printing).......................59
Ink insufficient..........................................................702
Adjust Printer.......................................................53
Paper Details.......................................................51
Information..........................................................60
Ink level detection....................................................685
Main Pane (Mac OS 9)............................................521
Disabling Ink Level Detection............................685
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............522
Ink level detection..............................................685
Configuration using Easy Settings....................521
Ink Level: Check......................................................701
Main Pane (Mac OS X)...........................................499
Ink Tank...................................................................613
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............500
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)..............................................14
Configuration using Easy Settings....................499
Ink tank error...........................................................703
Main Sheet (Windows)............................................450
Ink tank is empty......................................................703
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............452
Ink Tanks.................................................................613
Configuration using Easy Settings....................450
714 Index
Index
Maintenance............................................................584
Maintenance Cartridge............................................632
O
Maintenance cartridge full.......................................708
Optional accessories.................................................69
Maintenance cartridge problem...............................708
Other Maintenance..................................................648
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation...............................................................420
Other Messages......................................................709
Mirror.................................................................420
Other useful settings...............................................419
Orientation.........................................................420
Output Stacker........................................................169
Rotate 180 degrees...........................................420
Output Stacker Precautions....................................171
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS 9)...........................................434
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS X)...........................................431
Other problems........................................................683
P
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9).................................523
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Windows).............................................429
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X)................................501
Manual printing is selected, but a roll is loaded.......695
Paper.......................................................................107
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box
(Mac OS 9)......................................................153, 542
Paper Size.........................................................107
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box
(Mac OS X)......................................................152, 515
Paper cannot be cut................................................683
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box
(Windows).......................................................151, 486
Media Size Options Dialog Box (Windows).............487
Menu Structure..........................................................35
Main Menu...........................................................35
Main menu during printing...................................48
Submenus...........................................................47
Messages regarding ink..........................................701
Messages regarding paper......................................691
Messages regarding printheads..............................706
Messages regarding printing or adjusment.............704
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge ....708
Multi-sensor error....................................................710
N
Page Setup Sheet (Windows).................................454
Paper Type........................................................107
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box
(Mac OS X)..............................................................498
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box
(Windows)...............................................................446
Paper is not cut straight...........................................683
Paper jam................................................................699
Paper loaded askew................................................697
Paper Mismatch......................................................691
Paper rubs against the Printhead............................664
Paper size not detected...........................................697
Paper Sizes............................................................. 113
Rolls.................................................................. 114
Sheets............................................................... 113
Papr Size Mismatch................................................692
Papr Type Mismatch................................................691
Parts replacement time has passed........................709
Network Environment..............................................545
PHeads: wrong pos.................................................706
Network environment........................................546
Prepare for maint cart replacement.........................708
System requirements........................................545
Prepare for parts replacement.................................709
Network Setting.......................................................545
Preparing to Transfer the Printer.............................648
Network Setting (Macintosh)...................................572
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)......520
Network Setting (Windows).....................................557
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS X).....497
No ink tank loaded...................................................701
Previewing Images Before Printing (Windows).......445
No Maintenance Cartridge capacity.........................708
Print Area...................................................................78
No maintenance cartridge.......................................708
Rolls....................................................................79
No Roll Feed Unit............................................700, 710
Sheets.................................................................78
Print quality and color settings................................172
Printed colors are inaccurate...................................669
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)..........................517
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X).........................492
Index 715
Index
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)...........................441
Printing from Photoshop..........................................422
Printer Menu Operations...........................................29
Using the Plug-in to Print...................................422
Printer Modes............................................................21
Using the Printer Driver to Print.........................422
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel........25
Printing from Windows..............................................88
Mode transition....................................................22
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured Ambient
Light.........................................................................608
Modes..................................................................21
Offline, and state of the Control Panel................24
Online, and state of the Control Panel................23
Submenu mode, and state of the
Control Panel.......................................................25
Printer parts.................................................................8
Printer Specifications.................................................72
Printhead.................................................................622
Printheads...............................................................622
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS 9)................531
Printing in Ideal Colors for Light in the Viewing
Environment....................................................188, 603
By selecting color tones on Charts before
printing.......................................................188, 603
Printing in Colors Matching the Measured
Ambient Light............................................188, 603
Printing is faint.........................................................663
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9).........................359
Printing Large Posters (Windows)...........................357
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Mac OS X)................507
Printing Line Drawings and Text
(Mac OS 9)..............................................182, 220, 417
Printing Adobe RGB Images (Windows).................465
Easy Settings....................................................182
Printing at full size...................................................277
Print Target........................................................182
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)..............................295
Print targets for line drawings and text..............182
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)..............................292
Printing Line Drawings and Text
(Mac OS X)......................................................217, 414
Printing at Full Size (Windows)...............................290
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes.....330
Printing CAD Drawings............................................ 411
Printing does not start.............................................656
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER..............................................247
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)..........................250
Printing Line Drawings and Text
(Windows).......................................................215, 412
Printing Line Drawings and Text
(Windows, Mac OS X).............................................181
Easy Settings....................................................181
Print Target........................................................181
Print targets for line drawings and text..............181
Completing the scanning settings on the Color
imageRUNNER.................................................251
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other........352
Registering a hot folder on your computer........250
imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Macintosh).......353
Scanning the original and print an
enlargement .....................................................251
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
(Mac OS X)..............................................................363
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER (Windows)....................248, 488
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
(Windows)...............................................................361
Completing the scanning settings on the Color
imageRUNNER. .......................................249, 489
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously......................354
Registering a hot folder on your
computer...................................................248, 488
Scanning the original and print an
enlargement..............................................249, 489
Printing enlargements or reductions........................244
Free Layout (Windows).....................................352
Roll paper (banner)...........................................354
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................368
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously
(Mac OS X)..............................................................366
Printing from Mac OS 9.............................................91
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously
(Windows)...............................................................365
Printing from the application software.................92
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet...........................355
Selecting the printer............................................91
Page Layout......................................................355
Printing from Mac OS X.............................................89
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9).......375
Printing from the application software.................90
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X).......372
Registering the printer.........................................89
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows).........370
716 Index
Index
Printing Office Documents.......................................183
Printing Photos in Monochrome..............................189
Easy Settings....................................................183
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS 9)...........241
Print Target........................................................183
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Mac OS X)..........238
Print targets for office documents......................183
Printing Photos in Monochrome (Windows)............236
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS 9)...................226
Printing Posters in Sections....................................356
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS X)...................224
Page Layout......................................................356
Printing Office Documents (Windows).....................222
Printing procedure.....................................................80
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes...................331
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing)...........................................330
Registering non-standard paper size in the
printer driver......................................................331
Fit Roll Paper Width..........................................330
Specifying custom media sizes for temporary
use.....................................................................331
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9).........................348
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................338
Print the banner.................................................350
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Mac OS X)..............................................................336
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X).........................345
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Windows)...............................................................332
Print the banner.................................................346
Printing by using Custom Media Size................334
Register a Custom Media Size..........................348
Register a Custom Page Size...........................345
Printing by using Custom Size..........................332
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Windows)..........................341
Printing on Oversized Paper...................................277
Creating the banner in the application...............342
Oversize............................................................277
Printing the banner............................................342
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets..................87
Registering a Custom Media Size.....................341
Paper Size...........................................................87
Printing With Watermarks........................................419
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets............87
Watermark.........................................................419
Rolls and Sheets.................................................87
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY,
and so on (Mac OS 9).............................................438
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls.......................378
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9)....385
Centering originals relative to roll paper width..378
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY,
and so on (Windows)...............................................436
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)...382
Problem with Printhead x (x is L, R, or LR).............707
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows).....380
Problems with the printing quality............................663
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets....................379
Problems with the printing quality caused by the
type of paper...........................................................668
Centering originals on sheets............................379
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................392
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Mac OS X)..............................................................390
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Windows)...............................................................388
R
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls...........................134
Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly
detected...................................................................703
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9).........179, 233
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper
Feed Slot.................................................................165
Easy Settings....................................................179
Removing Installed Printer Drivers..........................673
Print Target........................................................179
Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
(Windows).........................................................673
Print targets for photos and images..................179
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X)................230
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)..................228
Printing Photos and Images
(Windows, Mac OS X).............................................177
Easy Settings....................................................177
Print Target........................................................177
Print targets for photos and images..................177
Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor
(Windows).........................................................673
Removing printer drivers (Windows).................673
Removing Printer Drivers and imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor (Macintosh)...................................673
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit.................122
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder..................... 118
Index 717
Index
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot....164
Roll Holder Set..................................................70, 143
Removing the Roll Feed Unit..................................147
Replacing Ink Tanks................................................614
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed
Slot..........................................................................684
Compatible Ink Tank..........................................614
Roll Paper Unit Cover (Inside)...................................12
Precautions when handling an Ink Tank............614
Roll printing is selected, but sheets are loaded.......694
Replacing an Ink Tank.......................................615
Roll printing is selected...........................................694
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge.....................632
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of
paper...............................................................671, 684
Compatible Maintenance Cartridge...................632
Precautions when handling the Maintenance
Cartridge............................................................632
S
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge...............633
Selecting the Paper Size (Sheet)............................163
Replacing the Printhead..........................................625
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)...............................124
Compatible Printhead........................................625
Selecting the Paper Type (Sheet)............................162
Precautions when handling the Printhead.........625
Selecting the Roll as the Paper Source................... 115
Replacing the Printhead....................................626
Selecting the Sheet as the Paper Source...............154
When to replace the Printhead..........................625
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows)............447
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value.......246
Sharing the Printer in Windows...............................568
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................246
Sheet printing is selected........................................694
Scaling...............................................................246
Software..................................................................441
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................257
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9).................543
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Mac OS X)..............................................................254
Specifications............................................................72
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Windows)...............................................................252
Interface..............................................................73
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)..................490
Ink........................................................................74
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width...................245
Paper...................................................................75
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................245
Printer..................................................................72
Fit Roll Paper Width..........................................245
Printing performance...........................................73
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................266
Specifying NetWare Print Services..........................561
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Mac OS X)..............................................................263
Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the
print server........................................................562
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Windows)...............................................................261
Specifying NetWare Protocols.................................564
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size............244
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)....97
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................244
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)...95
Fit Media Size....................................................244
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows).....93
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................274
Specifying Printer-Related Information....................554
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Mac OS X)..............................................................271
Eject (waiting for ink to dry after printing)..........130
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Windows)...............................................................269
Responding to Error Messages...............................687
Error messages (if action can be taken)............687
Error messages (if no action can be taken).......687
Other Messages................................................688
Warning messages............................................687
Responding to Messages........................................687
Roll feed unit err..............................................700, 710
718 Index
Choosing the type of print services...................561
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver.....................655
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls..................129
Manual (when using media that cannot be cut
using the Cutter Unit ).......................................131
Paper Cutting (to have the roll cut at your
specified position)..............................................133
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls..................135
Mac OS 9..........................................................137
Mac OS X..........................................................136
Windows............................................................135
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)..........................125
Index
Specifying the Printer's Frame Type........................559
Types of Paper........................................................108
Specifying the frame type using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility...........................................559
Updating paper information............................... 111
Specifying the frame type using the printer
Control Panel.....................................................560
Stand.........................................................................69
Status Print................................................................62
Viewing the Paper Reference Guide.................108
U
Unknown file............................................................709
Checking the information in the Status Print
report ..................................................................62
Updating the Firmware............................................652
Printing Status Print Reports...............................62
Updating the firmware.......................................652
Submenu Display......................................................61
Use another paper...................................................704
Information of the loaded paper..........................61
Using Color Calibration to Adjust Colors.................600
Printer information...............................................61
Using Favorites.......................................................421
Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and
ink levels..............................................................61
Favorites............................................................421
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)....................................529
Support Pane (Mac OS X).......................................506
Printing using the favorite..................................529
Support Sheet (Windows).......................................461
Registering a favorite........................................529
Switching Modes.......................................................26
Using Favorites (Mac OS X)....................................506
Switching the Printer Online/Offline.....................26
Using Favorites (Windows).....................................448
Switching to Menu Mode.....................................28
Printing using the favorite..................................449
T
Confirming the firmware version........................652
Registering a favorite........................................448
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals................423
The back side of the paper is dirty..........................666
Edit Using PosterArtist......................................423
The contrast becomes uneven during printing........667
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals
(Windows)...............................................................463
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not
light up.....................................................................656
Using RemoteUI......................................................555
The Display Screen indicates the system is filling
with ink....................................................................656
Using the Output Stacker........................................169
The edges of the paper are dirty.............................665
Utility Sheet (Windows)...........................................460
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed
Correctly..................................................................672
The length of printed images is inaccurate..............668
The printer consumes a lot of ink............................683
The printer does not go on......................................684
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs
are Sent...................................................................656
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper................662
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)..........................................503
V
Vents.........................................................................18
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................544
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS X)..............................................................516
The printer stops during a print job..........................662
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Windows)...............................................................491
The roll is empty......................................................700
Viewing Videos of Explanations..................................3
The surface of the paper is dirty..............................666
This paper cannot be used......................................692
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet.........................352
Top Cover (Inside).....................................................10
Top cover is open....................................................709
Tray Feed Area.......................................................... 11
Troubleshooting.......................................................653
Turning the Printer On and Off..................................19
Turning the printer off..........................................20
W
When to Replace Ink Tanks.....................................621
Before print jobs and maintenance that consume
a lot of ink..........................................................621
If a message for checking the ink is shown on the
Display Screen..................................................621
If a message for ink replacement is shown on the
Display Screen..................................................621
Turning the printer on..........................................19
Index 719
Index
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge.........638
If a message for checking the Maintenance
Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen........638
If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge
replacement is shown on the Display Screen...638
When much of the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity is depleted...........................................638
White dots about 1 mm (0.039 in) apart appear on
printed documents, in the direction paper is fed......670
Windows..................................................................441
Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type...............695
X
x printhead error (x is Left or Right).........................707
x printhead needs cleaning. (x is Left or Right).......706
720 Index
©CANON INC. 2007